3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principles (Global)(06)(PDF)-En

7/18/2019 3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principles (Global)(06)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3900-series-base-station-configuration-principles-global06pdf-en 1/239

3900 Series Base Station

V100R009C00

Configuration Principles (Global)

Issue 06

Date 2014-03-26

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.



Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written

consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the

customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the

purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,

and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations

of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 06 (2014-03-26) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

http://www.huawei.com/



About This Document

Overview

This document describes the principles for configuring hardware in 3900 series base stations.

Based on specific configuration requirements in this document, the quantities of components to

be configured in a base station can be calculated and planned.

The exteriors of components and cables in this document are for reference only. The actual

exteriors may be different.

Product Version

Product Name Product Version

BTS3900 V100R008C00 and later. The mapping base

station versions are:GBTS: V100R015C00 and later,

V300R015C00 and later

eGBTS: V100R015C00 and later

NodeB: V200R015C00 and later

eNodeB: V100R006C00 and later

BTS3900A

BTS3900L

BTS3900AL

DBS3900

BTS3900C

Intended Audience

This document is intended for:

l Technical support engineers

l System engineers


Configuration Principles (Global) About This Document



ii



Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principles (Global).................................................1

2 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principle (Global).............................4

3 Overview.........................................................................................................................................6

4 Version Difference........................................................................................................................9

4.1 Cabinet Configurations.................................................................................................................................................10

4.1.1 BTS3900 Configuration............................................................................................................................................10

4.1.2 BTS3900A Configuration..........................................................................................................................................14

4.1.3 BTS3900L Configuration..........................................................................................................................................22

4.1.4 BTS3900AL Configuration.......................................................................................................................................25

4.1.5 DBS3900 Configurations..........................................................................................................................................28

4.1.6 BTS3900C Configuration..........................................................................................................................................29

4.1.7 Cabinet Upgrade Configuration.................................................................................................................................30

4.2 BBU Configuration.......................................................................................................................................................37

4.2.1 BBU Case Configuration...........................................................................................................................................38

4.2.2 BBU Board Configuration.........................................................................................................................................40

4.2.3 CPRI Networking Configurations.............................................................................................................................59

4.3 RF Module Configuration............................................................................................................................................60

1 RF Module Configurations.................................................................................................... 0

2 RF Modules Working at Band 8 (900 MHz)........................................................................ 03 RF Modules Working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)...................................................................... 0

4 RF Modules Working at Band 5 (850 MHz)........................................................................ 0

5 RF Modules Working at Band 2 (1900 MHz)...................................................................... 0



8 RF Modules Working at Band 4 (AWS)............................................................................... 0



Configuration Principles (Global) Contents



iii

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-



10 RF Modules Working at Band 13 (700 MHz)..................................................................... 0



4.3.1 AAU Configuration...................................................................................................................................................74

4.3.2 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................84

4.3.3 RET Module Configurations...................................................................................................................................101

4.3.4 Equipment and Product Auxiliary Material Configuration.....................................................................................102

4.3.5 Hardware License Configuration.............................................................................................................................150

4.4 Configurations for a Lampsite Base Station...............................................................................................................165

4.4.1 BBU Configurations in a Lampsite Base Station....................................................................................................165

4.4.2 Basic RHUB Configuration Principles....................................................................................................................166

4.4.3 Basic pRRU Configurations....................................................................................................................................168

4.5 Typical Configurations and Capacity Expansion.......................................................................................................173

4.5.1 Typical Configurations............................................................................................................................................174

4.5.2 Capacity Expansion Principles................................................................................................................................234


Configuration Principles (Global) Contents



iv

http://-/?-

http://-/?-

http://-/?-



1 3900 Series Base Station Configuration

Principles (Global)

This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principle (Global).

06 (2014-03-26)

This is the sixth official release.

Compared with Issue 05 (2014-02-28), the content is adjusted in this issue.

05 (2014-02-28)

This is the fifth official release.

Compared with Issue 04 (2014-01-20), this issue includes the following new topics:

l 4.4.2 Basic RHUB Configuration Principles.

l 4.4.3 Basic pRRU Configurations.

l 4.4.1 BBU Configurations in a Lampsite Base Station.

Compared with Issue 04 (2014-01-20), this issue does not exclude any topics.

04 (2014-01-20)This is the fourth official release.

Compared with Issue 03 (2013-11-08), this issue includes the following new topics:

l AAU3902 Configuration.

l 4.2.3 CPRI Networking Configurations.

l GU Co-BBP.

l Typical Configurations of an AAU3902 in 2100 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to 2690) P

Scenarios.

Compared with Issue 03 (2013-11-08), this issue includes the following changes.


Configuration Principles (Global) 1 3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principles (Global)



1



Topic Change Description

4.1 Cabinet Configurations and its child

topics

Added description of the BBU3910 to the

configuration list.

UMTS BBU Board Configurations Added configuration principles for the

UBBP.

License Configuration of Multimode Base

Stations

Added the configuration of the multimode co-

BBP license.

Compared with Issue 03 (2013-11-08), this issue does not exclude any topics.

03 (2013-11-08)

This is the thir d commercial release.

Compared with Issue 02 (2013-08-01), this issue includes the following changes:


BTS3900 Configuration List Added the BTS3900 (Ver.D)+IMB06

configuration.

BTS3900L Configuration List Added the BTS3900L (Ver.D)+IMB06

configuration.

02 (2013-08-01)

This is the second commercial release.

Compared with Issue 01 (2013-06-26), this issue does not include any new information or

exclude any information.

Compared with Issue 01 (2013-06-26), this issue includes the following changes:


4.2.2 BBU Board Configuration and its

child topics

Added models.

01 (2013-06-26)

This is the first commercial release.

Compared with Draft A (2013-05-20), this issue does not include any new information.

Compared with Draft A (2013-05-20), this issue includes the following changes.





2




4.3 RF Module Configuration and its child

topics

Added the description of the AAU.

4.1 Cabinet Configurations and its child

topics

Added the cabinet configuration list.

Draft A (20.05.13)

This is a draft.





3



2 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station

Configuration Principle (Global)

This document describes the configuration principles for single- and multi-mode 3900 series

base stations.

Introduction to 3900 Series Base Stations

The 3900 series base stations, which mainly comprises the baseband unit (BBU) and RF

modules, use the state-of-the-art multimode technology. A uniform design is applied to various

product forms and different installation scenarios. This significantly reduces operators' network

construction and operating costs in site acquisition, capacity expansion, and environmental

protection.The 3900 series base stations provide various solutions for evolution from GSM to

UMTS and then to LTE.

l The BBU supports multimode applications.

Boards working in different modes can be configured in a BBU so that any two or three

among GSM, UMTS, and LTE can share the BBU. In separate-MPT scenarios, one BBU

supports two modes, and two BBUs support triple modes. In co-MPT scenarios, one BBU

supports triple modes.

l RRUs and RFUs support multimode and multi-band applications.

– With the SDR technology, RF modules support any two or all triple modes among GSM,

UMTS and LTE by using different software configurations to meet operators'

requirements. RF modules of different modes can be deployed at one base station.Therefore, a base station can work in a single mode or any two or all triple modes among

GSM, UMTS and LTE.

– RF modules working in different frequency bands can also be used together.

– Blade RRUs include RRU3936/RRU3938/RRU3939, RRU3824/RRU3826/RRU3838/

RRU3832/RRU3839, and RRU3268/RRU3260.

– High-power RFUs are as follows: MRFUd/MRFUe/WRFUd/WRFUe/CRFUd used

together with the BTS3900 (Ver.C/Ver.D) cabinet.

– High-power RRUs are as follows: RRU3829/RRU3929/RRU3942/RRU3841/

RRU3961/RRU3832/RRU3839/RRU3939 that are used together with the DCDU-11B/

DCDU-12B. All other RRUs are low-power RRUs. In addition, the 2100 MHz

AAU3910 and AWS AAU3910 are also high-power RF modules.



2 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Configuration

Principle (Global)



4



NOTE

The BBU in this document includes the BBU3900 and BBU3910.

Description

The following table describes the meanings of some symbols and phrases in the document.

Table 2-1 Symbol meanings

Symbol Description

& It is used between different modes in a separate-MPT base station.For example,

GSM&UMTS indicates a separate-MPT GSM/UMTS dual-mode base station,

which can be shortened to GU.

* It is used between different modes in a co-MPT base station. For example,

GSM*UMTS indicates a co-MPT GSM/UMTS dual-mode base station, whichcan be shortened to G*U.

+ It is used between different modes for the two BBUs in a separate-MPT base

station.For example, GSM&UMTS+LTE indicates a separate-MPT GSM/

UMTS/LTE triple-mode base station, which can be shortened to GU+L.

[] the modes contained in [] share the same main control board. For example, GSM

[UMTS*LTE] can be shortened to G[U*L].

_ The mode following the underscore next to UMPT or UBBP is the actual mode

in which the UMPT or UBBP is working. For example, UMPT_GUL is a UMPT

working in GUL mode and UBBP_UL is a UBBP working in UL mode.

GU SDR GSM and UMTS share the same RF modules.

GL SDR GSM and LTE share the same RF modules.

UL SDR UMTS and LTE share the same RF modules.



2 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Configuration

Principle (Global)



5



3 Overview

SRAN9.0The single-mode versions for SRAN9.0 are GBSS16.0, RAN16.0, and eRAN7.0. Compared

with SRAN8.0, SRAN9.0 includes the following changes:

l Added the 1.8 A AAU3902 in GL mode.

l Added the UBBP and BBU3910. A BBU3910 can be installed in the following cabinets:

BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), BTS3900A (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H

(Ver.D), IMB03, OMB (Ver.C) (applies to DBS3900 and BTS3900C (Ver.C)), and

BTS3900AL (Ver.A).

l Added the Cloud BB solution.

l

Added the multimode baseband license.l Added configurations for the Lampsite solution.

l Added the ODM and OFD.

SRAN8.1

The single-mode versions for SRAN8.1 are GBSS15.1, RAN15.1, and eRAN6.1. Compared


l Added the following RF modules: EGSM, PGSM, and RRU3938 (1800 MHz)

l Added the RRU3268 800 MHz for eRAN6.1.

l Added the AAU3902 (1.8 A) working in the LTE only mode.

l Added the GULT quadruple mode.

SRAN8.0



l Added the following new hardware: UBRIb, UMPTb1, LBBPd3, , and UTRPa.

l Added the AAU3910, which can serve as an active unit of 1800 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2600

MHz, or AWS.

l Added the AAU3902 (2100 MHz).


Configuration Principles (Global) 3 Overview



6



l Added the RRU3926 in GL mode.

l Specified specifications of HSPA user number supported by a WBBP.

l Added the GU/GL/UL/GUL co-MPT configurations.

l

Added the following RF modules: RRU3260 (2600 MHz), RRU3268 (2600 MHz),RRU3939 (1800 MHz), and RRU3936 (850 MHz and 1900 MHz).

l Added the AAU3910, which can serve as an active unit of 1800 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2600

MHz, or AWS in SRAN8.0.

l Added the RRU3808 of AWS working in UL mode.

SRAN7.0



lAdded the following hardware: the UTRPc (transmission extension board), BBUinterconnection port, UTRPa, UCIU (interconnection board), UMPTa1 (UMTS main

control board), WBBPf (UMTS baseband processing board), LBBPd (LTE baseband

processing board), UMPTa2 (LTE main control board), LRFUe (2600 MHz), MRFUe

(E900M), RRU3841 (AWS), RRU3942 (850 MHz), CRFUd (AWS), and UMPTb1 (only

for UMTS).

l Added the following LTE hardware licenses: Resource Block License, BB Receive

Channel License, BB Transmit Channel, RF Transmit Channel, and RF Receive Channel.

l Added UMTS NodeB Signaling Capacity License.

l Added the configuration scenarios where SDR RF modules are connected by means of

BBU interconnection.

l Added configurations for GUL modes, such as GSM&UMTS+LTE (GSM), GSM&LTE

+UMTS (GSM), GSM&UMTS+UMTS&LTE, GSM&UMTS+UMTS&LTE (GSM).

NOTE

In triple-mode configurations, LTE (GSM) or UMTS (GSM) indicates that LTE or UMTS uses one BBU

and shares SDR RF modules with GSM in the other BBU. Therefore, the SDR RF modules must be

connected across BBUs in a star topology to support GL or GU. GSM is contained in brackets because a

GTMU board is not configured in the BBU which is only used by LTE or UMTS.

l Added configurations for GUL triple-mode co-transmission

l Added configurations for GUL triple-mode common clock.

l Added the RRU3942 of 1900 MHz in UL mode.

l

l The BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC cabinet can be stacked on an IMS06 which houses transmission

equipment or 92 Ah storage batteries.

eRAN2.2

eRAN2.2 is an LTE only version. Compared with eRAN2.1, eRAN2.2 includes the following

changes:

l Added the following features in eRAN2.2: UL 2x4 MU-MIMO and DL 4x4 MIMO.

l Added dual-carrier configurations.





7



SRAN6.0



l Added the following hardware: RF modules of Band 13 (700 MHz), RF modules of Band

20 (800 MHz), MRFU V2 of Band 5 (850 MHz), MRFUd of P900M/E900M, MRFUd of

Band 2 (1800 MHz), RRU3929 of E900M, RRU3928 of 900 MHz, RRU3929 of 1800

MHz, RRU3928 of 1800 MHz, LRFUe of 800 MHz, RRU3240 of 2600 MHz, RRU3942

of 1900 MHz, RRU3926 of 900 MHz PGSM/1800 MHz/900 MHz EGSM, RRU3929 of

P900M, WRFUe of 2100 MHz, RRU3936 of 900 MHz PGSM/1800 MHz/900 MHz

EGSM, WRFUa of 2100 MHz (100 W), and RRU3221 of 2600 MHz, enhanced WRFU of

2100 MHz (80 W), RRU3839 of 2100 MHz, RRU3832 of AWS, RRU3938 of EGSM/

PGSM/1800 MHz, enhanced MRFUd, and RRU3939 of 1800 MHz.

l Added the maximum configuration of six UMTS baseband processing boards.

lAdded a new cabinet, which is required by the MRFUd, WRFUd, LRFUe, and MRFUe.The new cabinet supports the GUL triple modes, including the GSM&UMTS+LTE and

GSM&LTE+UMTS modes.

l Added the following SRAN6.0 dual-mode features: GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum

Sharing and 2.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation between GSM and UMTS Mode.

l Added the following RAN13.0 features: E-DPCCH Boosting, DC-HSDPA+MIMO, Dual-

threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation, NodeB Internal Firewall,

Anti-interference Scheduling for HSUPA, Traffic-based Activation and Deactivation of

the Supplementary Carrier in Multi-carrier, Multi-carrier Switch off Based on QoS,

Intelligent Power Management, Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs

in One Cell, CQI Adjustment, and MIMO prime.

l Added the following eRAN2.1 features: TTI Bundling, LoCation Services (LCS), and Cell

Outage Detection and Compensation.

l Added the GSM high power 80 W license.

l Added the BTS3900(AC) Ver.D and BTS3900L(AC) Ver.D cabinets for 220 V AC

scenarios.

SRAN 5.0



l Added the following hardware: WBBPd (UMTS baseband board), UTRPb4 (GSM

transmission board), RRU3806 of 2100 MHz (80 W), RRU3808 of AWS, RRU3824 of

2100 MHz, RRU3826 of 2100 MHz, RRU3838 of 2100 MHz, RRU3832 of 2100 MHz,

WRFUd of 2100 MHz, RRU3828 of 2100 MHz, and RRU3829 of 2100 MHz.

l Added the following SRAN5.0 dual-mode features: Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing

and Bandwidth Sharing of MBTS in Multi-mode Co-Transmission.

l Added the following RAN12.0 features: Interference Cancellation (IC), Frequency Domain

Equalization (FDE), UL L2 Enhanced, DL 64QAM+MIMO, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA,

and Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier.

l Added the GSM high power 60 W license.





8



4 Version Difference

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the principles for configuringDBS3900BTS3900C.

4.1 Cabinet Configurations

4.2 BBU Configuration

4.3 RF Module Configuration

4.4 Configurations for a Lampsite Base Station

4.5 Typical Configurations and Capacity Expansion


Configuration Principles (Global) 4 Version Difference



9



4.1 Cabinet Configurations

3900 series base stations adopt a module design. A macro base station consists of the cabinet,

BBU, and RF modules. Its minimum configuration consists of a cabinet and the minimum

configuration of baseband processing boards, main control and transmission boards, and RF

modules. A distributed base station consists of baseband processing boards and RF modules. Its

minimum configuration consists of the minimum configuration of baseband processing boards,

main control and transmission boards, and RF modules. The baseband processing boards, RF

modules, and transmission interface boards support smooth capacity expansion by adding related

boards or licenses.

4.1.1 BTS3900 Configuration

This section describes the principles for configuring the cabinets, BBUs, and RF modules at a

BTS3900 site.

BTS3900 configuration principles

The following table lists the BTS3900 configuration principles.

Table 4-1 BTS3900 configuration principles

Single/Dual/ Triple-ModeBase Station

MaximumNumber ofCabinets

MaximumNumber ofBBUs

MaximumNumber of RFModules

Description

Single- or dual-mode base

station

2 1 l If only RFUsare

configured, a

maximum of

12 RFUs are

supported.

l If RFUs and

RRUs are

configured, a

maximum of

12 RFUs and

6 RRUs aresupported.

-





10







Description

Separate-MPTtriple-mode

base station

2 2 If only RFUs areconfigured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

If RFUs and

RRUs are

configured:

l A Ver.B or

Ver.C

cabinet

supports amaximum of

12 RFUs and

6 RRUs. The

DCDU

supplying

power to

RRUs must

be installed

on a wall

outside the

cabinet.

l A site that

uses Ver.D

cabinets

supports a

maximum of

12 RFUs, 6

high-power

RRUs, and 3

low-power

RRUs. The

DCDU

supplying

power to

RRUs can be

installed in

the

BTS3900

cabinet.

For high-power RRUs, see2

Changes in

3900 Series

Base Station

Configuration

Principle

(Global).





11







Description

Co-MPT triple-mode base

station

2 1 If only RFUs areconfigured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

If RFUs and

RRUs are

configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs and 6

RRUs are

supported.

-

NOTE

l A single Ver.B or Ver.C AC cabinet can house a maximum of one BBU. A single Ver.D cabinet can

house a maximum of two BBUs.

l If the MRFUd, WRFUd, WRFUe, or MRFUe is configured, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must be used.

l If RFUs and RRUs are configured and the RRUs are of high power, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must be

used.

l The BTS3900 (Ver.B) or (Ver.C) AC cabinet and +24 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet can neither be

configured as a separate-MPT triple-mode base station nor be configured with RFUs and RRUs

together. The Ver.D AC cabinet can be configured with a maximum of 6 RFUs and 9 RRUs.

BTS3900 Configuration List

The following table lists BTS3900 cabinets and their internal devices.

Table 4-2 Configuration list

Model Description Configuration Principle

WD2B48RACK00 BTS3900 Cabinet (DC

-48V)

-48 V DC BTS3900 indoor

macro cabinet, which houses

BBUs and RFUs and applies

to scenarios with AC backup

power.

WD2B48RACK03 BTS3900 Cabinet (Ver.C,

DC -48V)





12




WD2P048CAB10 BTS3900 Cabinet (Ver.D,

DC -48V)

-48 V DC BTS3900 indoor

macro base station, which

houses BBUs and RFUs andapplies to the 220 V AC

scenarios with backup power

and 110 V AC scenarios with

or without backup power. One

piece of DC cabinet can be

configured in 220 V AC

scenarios without backup

power when the site needs to

be configured with 7 to 11

RFUs.

WD2PACRACK00 BTS3900 Cabinet (AC220V/110V)

220 V AC or 110 V AC indoor macro cabinet for housing the

power module, BBUs, and

RFUsWD2BACRACK01 BTS3900 Cabinet (Ver.C,

AC 220V/110V)

WD2P220CAB00 BTS3900 Cabinet (Ver.D,

220VAC)

220 V AC indoor macro

cabinet, consisting of a

BTS3900 cabinet and an

IMS06 stacked together. The

IMS06 can house a 5 U AC

power device. It is supported

from SRAN6.0 onwards.In 220 V AC scenarios

without backup power, one

piece is configured by default.

When two cabinets need to be

configured, the site can be

configured with one AC

cabinet and one DC cabinet.

WD2M048BBU01 BBU Box Baseband unit for housing

baseband processing units,

containing one UPEUc. The

UPEUc can provide 360 W

power.

WD2M3910BBU0 BBU3910 Box Baseband unit for housing


containing one UPEUd and

FANd. The UPEUd can

provide 650 W power.





13



NOTE

When the BTS3900 is stacked on two IMS06s, an EPU05A and a group of battaries (92 Ah) or an EPU05A

and two transmission devices can be installed.

4.1.2 BTS3900A ConfigurationThis section describes the principles for configuring the cabinets, BBUs, and RF modules at a

BTS3900A site.

BTS3900A configuration principles

The following table lists the BTS3900A configuration principles.

Table 4-3 BTS3900A configuration principles

Single/

Dual/ Triple-ModeBaseStation

Maximum

Number ofCabinets

Maxim

umNumber ofBBUs

Maximum

Number of RFModules

Remarks

Single- or

dual-mode

base station

l A BTS3900A

site can uses

Ver.B or Ver.C

cabinets

supports a

maximum of

two groups of

APM30H

+RFC.

l A BTS3900A

site that uses

Ver.D cabinets

supports a

maximum of

one APM30H

and two RFCs.

1 l If only RFUs

need to be

configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

l If RFUs and

RRUs need to be

configured:

A BTS3900A site

that uses Ver.B or

Ver.C cabinets

supports a

maximum of 6

RFUs and 6

RRUs. A

BTS3900A site

that uses Ver.D

cabinets support

a maximum of 6

RFUs, 6 high-

power RRUs, and

3 low-power

RRUs.

For high-power

RRUs, see2

Changes in 3900

Series Base Station

Configuration

Principle (Global).

Separate-

MPT triple-

mode basestation

2

Co-MPT

triple-mode

base station

1





14



NOTE

l If the MRFUd, WRFUd, WRFUe, LRFUe, or MRFUe is configured, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must

be used.

l When RFUs and RRUs are configured and the RRUs are of high power, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must

be used.

BTS3900A Configuration List

The following table lists the BTS3900A cabinets and their internal devices.



WD2P022APM03 Advanced Power Module for

BTS3900A (APM30, AC220V)

Outdoor cabinet (APM30)

for a BTS3900A site suppliedwith 220 V AC power

By default, this item contains

two PSUs (AC/DC). When

the total power consumption

of a single cabinet is greater

than 1600 W, an additional

PSU (AC/DC) is required.


BTS3900A (APM30, AC

220V)


BTS3900A (APM30, AC

220V)


for a BTS3900A site supplied

with 220 V AC power, with a

heat exchanger







The cabinet of the 05/06 type

is used in cold areas with a

temperature below -20°C.


BTS3900A (APM30, AC

220V)

WD2P011APM03 Advanced Power Module for BTS3900A (APM30, AC

110V)

Outdoor cabinet (APM30)for a BTS3900A site supplied

with 110 V AC power







WD2B048APM03 Advanced Power Module for

BTS3900A (APM30, -48V)


for a BTS3900A site supplied

with -48 V DC power





15





BTS3900A (APM30, DC

-48V)


BTS3900A (APM30, DC

-48V)


with heating film, used for a

BTS3900A site supplied with

-48 V DC power

For a cabinet with heating

film, the customer needs to

provide independent power

supply for the heating film.


BTS3900A (APM30, DC

-48V)

WD2B226RFU03 BTS3900A RFU Cabinet BTS3900A cabinet, used for

housing RFUsWD2B226RFU04 BTS3900A RFU Cabinet

WD2B116RFU03 BTS3900A RFU Cabinet Outdoor macro cabinet

housing RFUs for a

BTS3900A site supplied with

110 V AC power





power.




FANd. The UPEUd can


WD2P022CAB00 BTS3900A Cabinet (Ver.C,

AC 220V)

220 V BTS3900A outdoor

cabinet for stacked

installation. It contains an

APM30 and an RFC.

In a newly deployed site, thisitem needs to be configured if

high-power RRUs are

required. In 220 V AC

scenarios, a site supports a

maximum of two outdoor

macro cabinets. The two

cabinets include one APM30

and one RFC, which support

triple modes.







16





AC 220V)





The cabinet of the 01 type is

used in cold areas with a



AC 110V)

110 V BTS3900A outdoor

cabinet for stacked


APM30 and an RFC.

In a newly deployed site, this

item needs to be configured if

high-power RRUs are

required.

In 110 V AC scenarios, a site

supports a maximum of two

outdoor macro cabinets. The

two cabinets include one

APM30 and one RFC, which

support triple modes.

By default, this item containstwo PSUs (AC/DC). When






DC -48V)

-48 V BTS3900A outdoor

cabinet for stacked


APM30 and an RFC.





17





DC -48V)



high-power RRUs are

required. In -48 V DC






triple modes.

The cabinet of the 01 type is

used in cold areas with a


WD2B226RFU05 BTS3900A RFU Cabinet

(Ver.C)

Outdoor macro cabinet

housing RFUs for a

BTS3900A site

When high-power RFUs are

used, this item must be

configured. This item is

configured when an RFU

cabinet is required. In a

newly deployed site, this item

needs to be configured if high-power RRUs are

required.





18




WD2P022CAB21 BTS3900A Cabinet(Ver.D,

220V AC)

Outdoor cabinets for stacked

installation at a BTS3900A

site supplied with 220V DC power. This package

contains an APM30 and an

RFC.



configured.



high-power RRUs are

required. In 220 V AC

scenarios, a site supports amaximum of two outdoor




triple modes.











19





220V AC)





RFC.



configured.



high-power RRUs are

required.

In 110 V AC scenarios, a sitesupports a maximum of two















20





110V AC)





RFC.



configured.



high-power RRUs are

required.

In 110 V AC scenarios, a sitesupports a maximum of two












-48V DC)



site supplied with -48 V DC

power. This package


RFC.



configured.

In a newly deployed site, thisitem needs to be configured if

high-power RRUs are







triple modes.





21





-48V DC)



configured.In a newly deployed site, this


high-power RRUs are







triple modes.

WD2B226RFU11 BTS3900A RFU Cabinet(Ver.D, -48V DC)

Outdoor macro cabinethousing RFUs for a

BTS3900A site



configured. This item is

configured when an RFU

cabinet is required. In a

newly deployed site, this item

needs to be configured if

high-power RRUs are

required.

4.1.3 BTS3900L Configuration


BTS3900L site.

BTS3900L configuration principles

The following table lists the BTS3900L configuration principles.





22



Table 4-5 BTS3900L configuration principles


MaximumNumberof

Cabinets

MaximumNumber

of BBUs

Maximum Numberof RF Modules

Description

Single- or

dual-mode

base station

1 1 l If only RFUs are

configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

l If RFUs and RRUs

are configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs and 6 RRUs

are supported.

-

Separate-MPT

triple-mode

base station


configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

l If RFUs and RRUs

need to be

configured:

A BTS3900L site

that uses Ver.B or

Ver.C cabinets

supports a

maximum of 12

RFUs and 6 RRUs.

A BTS3900L site

that uses Ver.D

cabinets supports a

maximum of 12

RFUs, 6 high-

power RRUs, and 3

low-power RRUs.

For high-power RRUs,

see2 Changes in 3900

Series Base Station

Configuration

Principle (Global).

Co-MPT

triple-mode

base station


configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs are

supported.

l If RFUs and RRUs

are configured, a

maximum of 12

RFUs and 6 RRUs

are supported.

-





23



NOTE

l If the MRFUd, WRFUd, WRFUe, or MRFUe is configured, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must be used.

l If RFUs and RRUs are configured and the RRUs are of high power, a Ver.C or Ver.D cabinet must be

used.

BTS3900L Configuration List

The following table lists BTS3900L cabinets and their internal devices.


Model Counter Description Function

WD2B48RACK01 BTS3900L Cabinet (DC -48V) -48 V DC BTS3900L (Ver.B)

indoor macro cabinet, which

houses BBUs and RFUs and

applies to the 220 V AC or 110 V AC scenarios with or

without backup power.

WD2B48RACK04 BTS3900L Cabinet (Ver.C, DC

-48V)

-48 V DC BTS3900L (Ver.C)

indoor macro cabinet, which

houses BBUs and RFUs and

applies to the 220 V AC or

110 V AC scenarios with or

without backup power.

WD2P048CABL1 BTS3900L Cabinet (Ver.D, DC

-48V)

-48 V DC BTS3900L

(Ver.D) indoor macrocabinet, which houses BBUs

and RFUs and applies to the

220 V AC scenarios with

backup power and 110 V AC

scenarios with or without

backup power.

WD2P220CAB01 BTS3900L Cabinet (Ver.D,

220VAC)

220 V AC BTS3900L

(Ver.D) indoor macro base

station, which consists of a

BTS3900L cabinet stacked

on an IMS06. It houses the

EPU05A, BBUs, and RFUs.

It is supported from

SRAN6.0 onwards.





power.





24






containing one UPEUd andFANd. The UPEUd can


4.1.4 BTS3900AL Configuration


BTS3900AL site.

BTS3900AL configuration principles

The following table lists the BTS3900AL configuration principles.

Table 4-7 BTS3900AL configuration principles

Single/ Dual/ Triple-ModeBase

Station

MaximumNumberofCabinet

s


Maximum Number ofRF Modules

Description

Single- or

dual-mode

base station

A

maximu

m of two

BTS3900

AL

cabinets

(1

BTS3900

AL AC

cabinet+1

BTS3900AL DC

cabinet)

1 If only RFUs are

configured, a maximum

of 18 RFUs are

supported.

If RFUs and RRUs are


of 9 RFUs and 9 RRUs

are supported.

For high-power RRUs,

see2 Changes in 3900

Series Base Station

Configuration Principle

(Global).

Separate-

MPT triple-mode base

station

2 If only RFUs are

configured, a maximumof 18 RFUs are

supported.




are supported.





25



Single/ Dual/ Triple-Mode

BaseStation

MaximumNumberof

Cabinets

MaximumNumber of

BBUs

Maximum Number ofRF Modules

Description

Co-MPT

triple-mode

base station

1 If only RFUs are


of 18 RFUs are

supported.




are supported.

NOTE

If a site is configured with two BTS3900AL cabinets. the two cabinets must be installed side by side with

the BTS3900AL DC cabinet on the right.

BTS3900AL Configuration List

The following table lists BTS3900AL cabinets and their internal devices.



WD2P048BBU00 BBU Box Baseband unit for housing




power.

WD2P3910BBU0 BBU3910 Box Baseband unit for housing


containing one UPEUd andFANd. The UPEUd can






26




WD5P0ACCAB00 BTS3900AL Cabinet (AC

220V/110V)

BTS3900AL 220 V/110 V

outdoor cabinet

In 220 V AC or 110 V ACscenarios, a site supports a

maximum of one AC outdoor

macro cabinet and one DC

outdoor macro cabinet.







Each cabinet is configuredwith a maximum of 9 RFUs

and 2 BBUs.

WD5P0ACCAB01 BTS3900AL Cabinet (AC

220V/110V)

BTS3900AL 220 V/110 V

outdoor cabinet, used in cold

areas

In 220 V AC or 110 V AC


maximum of one AC outdoor

macro cabinet and one DC

outdoor macro cabinet.By default, this item contains






Each cabinet is configured

with a maximum of 9 RFUs

and 2 BBUs.





27




WD5P0DCCAB00 BTS3900AL Cabinet (DC

-48V)

BTS3900AL -48 V DC

outdoor cabinet

When a site is configuredwith more than 9 RFUs, one

BTS3900AL AC cabinet and

one BTS3900AL DC cabinet

or two BTS3900AL DC

cabinets can be configured to

support a maximum of 18

RFUs. The DC cabinet is

powered by the AC cabinet.


with a maximum of 9 RFUs.

WD5P0DCCAB01 BTS3900AL Cabinet (DC

-48V)

BTS3900AL -48 V DC

outdoor cabinet, used in cold

areas

When a site is configured

with more than 9 RFUs, one

BTS3900AL AC cabinet and

one BTS3900AL DC cabinet

or two BTS3900AL DC

cabinets can be configured to

support a maximum of 18

RFUs. The DC cabinet is

powered by the AC cabinet.


with a maximum of 9 RFUs.

4.1.5 DBS3900 Configurations

The OMB cabinet is an outdoor power cabinet and provides no backup power. It is used for the

DBS3900 and cannot be configured with an APM30 series power cabinet.

OMB Configurations

The following table lists the cabinets used by the OMB and their components.





28




External Model Description Function

QWMB0OMBAC00 OMB Cabinet (Ver.C,

220/110 V AC)

This is an OMB (Ver.C)

cabinet supplied with 220 VAC single-phase or 110 V

AC dual-live-wire power.

Each cabinet supports a

maximum of six RRUs and

one BBU. Each site can be

configured with a maximum

of one cabinet.

QWMB0OMBDC00 OMB Cabinet (Ver.C, -48 V

DC)

This is an OMB (Ver.C)

cabinet supplied with -48 V

DC power. Each cabinet

supports a maximum of six

RRUs and one BBU. Each

site can be configured with a

maximum of one cabinet.

WD2MR4850G00 PSU Module (AC/DC) This is a power supply

module.

One PSU is configured when

the OMB (Ver.C) AC cabinet

uses four to six DC RRUs.

4.1.6 BTS3900C Configuration


BTS3900C site.

BTS3900C Configuration Principles

The following table lists the BTS3900C configuration principles.

Table 4-10 BTS3900C configuration principles

CabinetConfiguration


RF ModuleConfiguration

Remarks

BTS3900C

(Ver.C), consisting

of an OMB

(Ver.C) and an

RRU subrack

1 Only one RRU

can be

configured.

It applies to a single- or multi-

mode base station.





29



BTS3900C Configuration List

The following table lists the cabinets used by the BTS3900C and their internal devices.


Model Description Function

QWMB0OMBAC00 OMB Cabinet (Ver.C,

220/110V AC)

OMB (Ver.C) supplied with

220 V AC single-phase or

110 V AC dual-live-wire

power

QWMB0OMBDC00 OMB Cabinet (Ver.C, -48V

DC)

OMB (Ver.C) supplied with

-48 V DC power

WD2M048BBU01 BBU Box Baseband unit for housing baseband processing units,



power.




FANd. The UPEUd can


4.1.7 Cabinet Upgrade Configuration

The cabinet upgrade solution aims to replace components in a cabinet whose version is earlier

than Ver.D with components designed for a Ver.D cabinet so that the restructured cabinet has

the same capabilities of power supply, power distribution, and heat dissipation as a Ver.D

cabinet. This solution facilitates the evolution to SingleRAN.

BTS3900The following table lists the configuration of BTS3900 cabinet upgrade packages.





30



Table 4-12 BTS3900 cabinet upgrade packages

Model Description

Function MaximumQuant

ity


WD2B00AD

4800

BTS3900

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade a

BTS3900

(Ver.A)

cabinet to a

BTS3900

(Ver.D)

cabinet in

-48 V DC

scenarios.

2 l Optional.

l When a BTS3900 (Ver.A)


power is to be upgraded, one

package is configured for the

cabinet.

l The configured package

includes all materials required

during the BTS3900 cabinet

upgrade, such as the DCDUand fans.

WD2B00BD

4800

BTS3900

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade a

BTS3900

(Ver.B)

cabinet to a

BTS3900

(Ver.D)cabinet in

-48 V DC

scenarios.

2 l Optional.

l When a BTS3900 (Ver.B)




cabinet.



during the BTS3900 cabinet

upgrade, such as the DCDU

and fans.

BTS3900L

The following table lists the configuration of BTS3900L cabinet upgrade packages.





31



Table 4-13 BTS3900L cabinet upgrade packages

Model Description

Function MaximumQuantity


WD2B0LBD

4800

BTS3900L

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade a

BTS3900L

(Ver.B)

cabinet to a

BTS3900L

(Ver.D)

cabinet in-48 V DC

scenarios.

1 l Optional.

l When a BTS3900L (Ver.B)




cabinet.



during the BTS3900L cabinet

upgrade, such as the DCDU

and fans.

BTS3900A

The following table lists the configuration of BTS3900A cabinet upgrade packages.

The battery cabinet for the original base station also needs to be upgraded. For details about theconfiguration of battery cabinet upgrade packages, see related APM30 configuration manuals.

Table 4-14 BTS3900A (Ver.A) cabinet upgrade packages

Model Description



WD2B220A

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

UpgradePackage

(Ver.A.1 to

Ver.D,

220VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used toupgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 301)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

220 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an APM30 (Ver.A 301)

at a 220 V AC BTS3900A site

is to be upgraded, one package

is configured for the cabinet.



during the APM30 upgrade,

such as the cabinet door, AC/

DC system, fans, two PSUs,

and one PMU. If more than two

PSUs are required, extra PSUs

must be quoted.





32



Model Description



WD2B110A

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A.1 to

Ver.D,

110VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 301)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

110 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.










and one PMU. If more than twoPSUs are required, extra PSUs

must be quoted.

WD2BA48A

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A.1 to

Ver.D,

-48VDC,

TMC11H,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 301)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.


at a -48 V DC BTS3900A site





during the APM30 upgrade,such as the cabinet door, AC/

DC system, and fans.

WD2B220A

2D02

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A.2 to

Ver.D,

220VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 302)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

220 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.






includes all materials requiredduring the APM30 upgrade,





must be quoted.





33



Model Description



WD2B110A

2D02

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A.2 to

Ver.D,

110VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 302)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

110 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.











must be quoted.

WD2BA48A

2D02

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A.2 to

Ver.D,

-48VDC,

TMC11H,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.A 302)

to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.


at a -48 V DC BTS3900A site







WD2BR48A

2D00

BTS3900A

RFU

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.A to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

RFC

(Ver.A) to

an RFC

(Ver.D) at a

-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an RFC (Ver.A) at a -48

V DC BTS3900A site is to be

upgraded, one package is

configured for the cabinet.


includes all materials requiredduring the RFC upgrade, such

as the DCDU and fans.





34



Table 4-15 BTS3900A (Ver.B) cabinet upgrade packages

Model Description


ity


WD2B220B2

D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

220VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.B) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

220 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an APM30 (Ver.B) at a

220 V AC BTS3900A site is to

be upgraded, one package is






DC system, fans, two PSUs,and one PMU. If more than two


must be quoted.

WD2B110B2

D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

110VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.B) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

110 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.






includes all materials requiredduring the APM30 upgrade,





must be quoted.

WD2BN48B

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

-48VDC,

TMC11H,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.B) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.


-48 V DC BTS3900A site is to

be upgraded, one package isconfigured for the cabinet.










35



Model Description



WD2BR48B

2D00

BTS3900A

RFU

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.B to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

RFC (Ver.B)

to an RFC

(Ver.D) at a

-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an RFC (Ver.B) at a -48






during the RFC upgrade, such

as the DCDU and fans.

Table 4-16 BTS3900A (Ver.C) cabinet upgrade packages

Model Description Function MaximumQuantity


WD2B220C

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.C to

Ver.D,

220VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.C) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

220 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an APM30 (Ver.C) at a

220 V AC BTS3900A site is to be upgraded, one package is









must be quoted.





36





WD2B110C

2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.C to

Ver.D,

110VAC,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.C) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

110 V AC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.











must be quoted.

WD2BC48

C2D00

APM30H

Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.C to

Ver.D,

-48VDC,

TMC11H,

BTS3900A)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

APM30

(Ver.C) to an

APM30

(Ver.D) at a

-48 V DCBTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.


-48 V DC BTS3900A site is to







WD2BR48

C2D00

BTS3900A

RFU Cabinet

Upgrade

Package

(Ver.C to

Ver.D,

-48VDC)

This

package is

used to

upgrade an

RFC (Ver.C)

to an RFC

(Ver.D) at a

-48 V DC

BTS3900A

site.

2 l Optional.

l When an RFC (Ver.C) at a -48






during the RFC upgrade, suchas the DCDU and fans.

4.2 BBU Configuration

This section describes the number of BBUs configured in various types of base stations, the

number of different types of boards in the BBU, and the slot assignment principles.





37



4.2.1 BBU Case Configuration

The BBU is a mandatory component in 3900 series base stations. Different principles apply to

the BBU configuration in different types of base stations.

The following table lists the principles for configuring BBU cases in single-, dual-, and triple-

mode base stations.

Table 4-17 BBU Case Configuration Principle

Single/Dual/Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured Mode BBU Case ConfigurationPrinciple

Single-mode base station GSM One BBU is configured.

UMTS One BBU is configured.

LTE One BBU is configured.

Dual-mode base station GU The two modes share one

BBU, which is configured

with a GTMU/UMPT_G and

a WMPT/UMPT_U.

G*U The two modes share one


with a UMPT in G*U (co-

MPT) mode.

GL The two modes share one


with a GTMU/UMPT_G and

an LMPT/UMPT_L.

G*L The two modes share one


with a UMPT in G*L (co-

MPT) mode.

UL The two modes share one


with a WMPT/UMPT_U and

an LMPT/UMPT_L.

U*L The two modes share one


with a UMPT in U*L (co-

MPT) mode.

UT The two modes share one


with a WMPT/UMPT_U and

an LMPT/UMPT_T.





38





L*T The two modes share one

BBU, which is configuredwith a UMPT in L*T (co-

MPT) mode.

Separate-MPT triple-mode

base station

GU+L Two BBUs are configured.

One BBU is shared by GSM

and UMTS, and the other

BBU is used by LTE.

GL+U Two BBUs are configured.


and LTE, and the other BBU

is used by UMTS.

GU+UL Two BBUs are configured.



BBU is shared by UMTS and

LTE.

GU+L(G) Two BBUs are configured.



BBU is used by LTE. The

two BBUs are

interconnected.

GL+U(G) Two BBUs are configured.


and LTE, and the other BBU

is used by UMTS. The two

BBUs are interconnected.

GU+UL(G) Two BBUs are configured.



BBU is shared by UMTS and

LTE. The two BBUs are

interconnected.

G[U*L] Three modes share one BBU.

The UMTS and LTE modes

share a UMPT, and the GSM

mode is supported by a

GTMU.





39





G[L*T] Three modes share one BBU.

The LTE FDD and LTE TDDmodes share a UMPT, and

the GSM mode is supported

by a GTMU.

U[L*T] Three modes share one BBU.

The LTE FDD and LTE TDD

modes share a UMPT, and

the UMTS mode is supported

by a WMPT/UMPT_U.

G[U*T] Three modes share one BBU.

The UMTS and LTE TDDmodes share a UMPT, and

the GSM mode is supported

by a GTMU.

Co-MPT triple-mode base

station

G*U*L The three modes share one

UMPT in one BBU.

G*U*T The three modes share one

UMPT in one BBU.

G*L*T The three modes share one

UMPT in one BBU.

U*L*T The three modes share one

UMPT in one BBU.

U*L*T

Quadruple-mode base station

with co-MPT

G*U*L*T The four modes share one

UMPT in one BBU.

GU+[L*T](G) Two BBUs are configured.



BBU is shared by LTE FDD

and LTE TDD.

4.2.2 BBU Board Configuration

This section describes the principles for configuring various types of boards in the BBU.

GSM BBU Board Configurations

The following table lists the GSM BBU board configurations.





40



NOTE

For the board specifications, obtain 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description, expand the nodes

Product Specifications -> Technical Specifications of the BBU3900, and see the following sections:

l For carrier specifications, see Capacity Specifications.

l For CPRI specifications, see CPRI Specifications.

l For transmission specifications, see Transmission Port Specifications.

Table 4-18 GSM BBU board configurations

Model Description

Function

MaximumQuantity


GM5D0

0GTMU

01

GSM

Main

Control

and

Transpor

t Unit

(4E1&1

electrica

l

FE&1op

tical FE)

GSM

Transmi

ssion &

Timing

&

Manage

ment

Unit

type b

(GTMU

b)

l Provi

des

four

E1s.

l Provi

des

one

FE

electr

ical

port.

l Provi

dessix

CPRI

ports.

1 A GTMUb must be configured in the

following base stations:

l The base station is a GBTS

l Separate-MPT multimode base station

including a GBTS





41



Model Description

Function

MaximumQuantity


GM5D0

0UBRI0

0

Universa

l

BaseBan

d Radio

Interface

Board

(6CPRI

interface

)

Universa

l

baseban

d radio

interface

unit for

GSM

(UBRI)

Provides

six CPRI

ports.

1 The UBRI needs to be configured in the

following scenarios:

l More than six CPRI ports are required by

GSM.

l RFUs and RRUs are configured, which

include RRUs or RFUs in GSM mode.

l A UBRIb needs to be configured to

provide CPRI ports if the GSM mode is

deployed on the UMPT where co-MPT is

applied.

UMTS BBU Board Configurations

NOTE




l

For signaling specifications, see Signaling Specifications. For baseband specifications, see BasebandSpecifications.


The following table lists the UMTS BBU board configurations.





42



Table 4-19 Configurations of the UMTS main control board

Model Description Function MaximumNumbe

r to BeConfigured in aSingleBBU


QWMD00

WMPT00

WCDMA Main

Control and

Transport Unit

(4E1&1Electric

al FE&1Optical

FE)

WCDMA

main

processing

and

transmission

unit (WMPT)

l Provides

four E1s/

T1s.

l Provides

one FE

electrical

port.

l Provides

one FE

optical

port.

1 One WMPT or UMPTa1

must be configured in a base

station of which the

supported modes include

UMTS, but the UMPTa1 and

WMPT cannot be configured

in the same BBU.

The main control board can

be configured in 1+1 backup

mode for UMTS only,

instead for GU or UL. When

1+1 backup is used, two

main control boards in the

same mode are configured in

one BBU.

Since SRAN7.0 or

RAN14.0, the UMPTa1 isrecommended. The

UMPTa1 is required when a

newly deployed site meets

any of the following

conditions:

1. IPSec as well as PKI is

supported.

2. The signaling processing

capability exceeds 170

CNBAP/s.

3. UMTS is served by theleaf BBU, and BBU

interconnection is

implemented by

connecting the UCIU and

UMPT.

4. There is a need for

UMTS-to-LTE

evolution.

5. This board can also be

configured when co-





43



Model Description Function MaximumNumber to Be

Configured in aSingleBBU


WD2D0UM

PT100

Universal Main

Processing and

Transmission

Board (4 E1s &

1 Electrical FE/

GE port & 1

Optical FE/GE

port, UMPTa1)

Universal

main

processing

and

transmission

unit type a1

(UMPTa1)

l Provides

four E1s/

T1s.

l Provides

one FE/GE

optical

port.

l Provides

one FE/GE

electrical

port.l Provides

one CI

port.

1 transmission is applied

and the GSM IPSec or

GSM PKI function is

enabled.

Since SRAN8.0, the

UMPTa1 allows any two or

all triple modes of GSM,

UMTS, and LTE to share one

main control board.

QWMDWB

BPD100

Baseband

Processing Unit

(6 Cell, CE:

UL192/DL192)

WCDMA

baseband

processing

board

l A

WBBPdx

provides

six CPRI

ports.

6 The number of WBBPs to be

configured in a base station

depends on the number of

cells, number of uplink and

downlink CEs, signaling

processing capability, and

number of CPRI ports to be

supported by the base

station.

QWMDWB

BPD300

Baseband

Processing Unit

(6Cell,

CE:UL256/

DL256)





44



Model Description Function MaximumNumber to Be

Configured in aSingleBBU


QWMDWB

BPD200

l A

WBBPfx

provides

six CPRI

ports and

one HEI

port.

When the DC-HSDPA

+MIMO feature is used:

l If the WBBPd, WBBPf1,

WBBPf2, or WBBPf3 is

used, each sector must be

configured with one

WBBP.

l If the WBBPf4 is used,

every three sectors are

configured with one

WBBP.

When the feature

Independent Demodulation

of Signals from Multiple

RRUs in One Cell is used:

l If the WBBPd2 or

WBBPd3 is used, a cell

can be shared by amaximum of six RRUs

(2RX).

l If the WBBPd1 is used, a

cell can be shared by a

maximum of three RRUs

(2RX).

The WBBPd and WBBPf

can be configured in the

same base station.

Baseband

Processing Unit

(6Cell,

CE:UL384/

DL384)

QWMDWB

BPF101

Baseband

Processing Unit(6Cell,

CE:UL192/

DL256)

QWMDWB

BPF201

Baseband

Processing Unit

(6Cell,

CE:UL256/

DL384)

QWMDWB

BPF301

Baseband

Processing Unit(6Cell,

CE:UL384/

DL512)

QWMDWB

BPF400

Baseband

Processing Unit

(6Cell,

CE:UL512/

DL768)

LTE BBU Board Configurations

This section describes the configuration principles for LTE BBU boards.

The following table lists the LTE BBU board configurations.





45



NOTE




l For signaling specifications, see Signaling Specifications. For baseband specifications, see Baseband

Specifications.


Table 4-20 LTE BBU board configurations

Model Description


ConfigurationPrinciple

WD2D00LMPT00

LTEMain

Processin

g &

Transmis

sion Unit

(With

GPS

Card)

LTE main processing andtransmission unit (LMPT)

l Provides two FE/GE

electrical ports.

l Provides two FE/GE

optical ports.

l Contains a GPS

satellite card.

1 One LMPT or UMPTa2 must be

configured in a base

station of which the

supported modes

include LTE, but the

UMPTa2 and LMPT

cannot be configured

in the same BBU.

The main control

board can be

configured in 1+1 backup mode for LTE

only, instead for GL

or UL.

In LTE or SRAN

scenarios, two UMPT

boards can share a

signaling resource

pool.

Since SRAN8.0, the

UMPTa2 allows any

two or all triple modesof GSM, UMTS, and

LTE to share one main

control board.

WD2D00UM

PT01

Universal

Main

Processing and

Transmis

sion

Board (4

E1s & 1

Electrical

FE/GE

port & 1

Optical

FE/GE

port,UMPTa2)

Universal main

processing and

transmission unit type a2(UMPTa2)

l Provides one FE/GE

electrical port.

l Provides one FE/GE

optical port.

l Provides four E1s/T1s.

1

WD2D0LBB

PC00

LTE

Baseband

Processin

g Unit C

LTE baseband processing

unit (LBBPc): provides

six CPRI ports.

6 The number of

LBBPs to be

configured in a base

station that supports

LTE depends on the

number of cells,

bandwidth, antenna

configuration, and





46



Model Description



WD2DLBBP

D100

LTE

Baseband

Processin

g Unit D1

number of CPRI ports

to be supported by the

base station.

A BBU in LTE mode

is configured with at

least one LBBP, and

each LBBP is

configured with a

maximum of six RF

modules.

The LBBPc andLBBPd can be

configured in the

same base station.

When the LBBPc is

configured:

l In SISO, DL 2x2

MIMO, and UL

2x2 MU-MIMO

modes, one

LBBPc supports

three cells, eachwith a scalable

bandwidth of

1.4/3/5/10/15/20

MHz.

l When DL 4x2

MIMO or UL 4-

antenna receive

diversity is used,

one LBBPc

supports three

cells, each with ascalable

bandwidth of

1.4/3/5/10 MHz,

or one cell with a

scalable

bandwidth of

15/20 MHz.

l When DL 2x2

MIMO and UL

2x2 MU-MIMO is

used, the three


unit (LBBPd1): Provides

six CPRI ports and one

HEI port.

WD2DLBBP

D101

LTE

Baseband

Processin

g Unit D1




HEI port.

WD2D0LBB

PD02

LTE

BasebandProcessin

g Unit D2


unit (LBBPd2): Providessix CPRI ports and one

HEI port.





47



Model Description



WD2D0LBB

PD03

LTE

Baseband



cells supported by

a single LBBPc

can be configured

with different

bandwidth, for

example, 3 x (5

MHz/10 MHz+10

MHz) or (15 MHz

+5 MHz+5 MHz).

When the LBBPd is

configured:

l When 2x2 MIMO

is used, each

LBBPd1 supports

a maximum of

three cells with a

scalable

bandwidth of

1.4/3/5/10/15/20

MHz.

l When 2x2 MIMO,

4x2 MIMO, or 4-

way receive

diversity is used,

each LBBPd2

supports a

maximum of three

cells with a

scalable

bandwidth of

1.4/3/5/10/15/20

MHz.

l When 2x2 MIMO

is used, each

LBBPd3 supports

a maximum of six

cells with a

scalable

bandwidth of

1.4/3/5/10/15/20

MHz, and the six

cells can use

different

bandwidth.





48



Model Description



Processin

g Unit D3


HEI port.

WD2DLBBPD100

will no longer be sold

but will gradually be

replaced by

WD2DLBBPD101.

Common Board Configurations

This section describes the principles for configuring common boards in a BBU.

The following table lists the principles for configuring common main control board, power and

environment interface unit, and baseband processing board in the BBU.

NOTE




l For signaling specifications, see Signaling Specifications. For baseband specifications, see Baseband

Specifications.






49



Table 4-21 Main control board, power and environment interface unit, and baseband processing board

ExternalModel

Description



WD2M00

0PEU03

HERT BBU

WD2MUPE

UC, -48 V

Power and

Environment

Interface

Unit

HERT BBU

WD2MUPEUC,

-48 V Power and

Environment

Interface Unit

Power supply

module of 360 W

in a BBU.

2 At a new site, the BBU (02319940) is configured

with a UPEUc board by default, which provides

360 W power. If power backup (less than or equal

to 360 W) is required or high-power RRUs

(greater than 360 W and less than or equal to 650

W) need to be configured, one more UPEUc board

needs to be configured.

At a site where capacity needs to be expanded, if

one or two UPEUa boards have been configured,

replace the UPEUa board with two UPEUc

boards. If a UPEUc board has been configured before capacity expansion, add a UPEUc board.

The UPEUa and UPEUc boards cannot be

configured together. The UPEUa and UPEUc

boards use different designs. If they are

configured together, the total power supply

capacity ranges from 330 W to 360 W. Therefore,

if the power consumption of a BBU is 360 W and

the UPEUc board malfunctions, only the UPEUa

board in the BBU supplies power and the power

consumption of the BBU exceeds the maximum

power supply of the UPEUa board. As a result,the BBU will be powered off.

WD2M00

PEIUD2

Function

Module,HE

RT

BBU,WD2

MUPEUD2,

Power and

Environment

Interface

Unit(-48 V)

Function Module,

HERT

BBU,WD2MUPE

UD2, Power and

Environment

Interface Unit (-48

V)

Power supply

module of 650 W

in a BBU.

2 At a new site, the BBU (02310JJE) is configured

with a UPEUd board by default, which provides

650 W power. If power backup (less than or equal

to 650 W) is required, one more UPEUd board

needs to be configured.

At a site where capacity needs to be expanded, the

capability of circuit breakers must be greater than

or equal to 20 A because the circuit breakers of

existing cabinets need to be restructured during

the capacity expansion.





50



ExternalModel

Description



WD2DUMPTB10

0

UniversalMain

Processing

and

Transmissio

n Board

(4E1&1

Electrical

FE/GE&1

Optical FE/

GE,

UMPTb1)

UMPTb1,universal main

processing and

transmission

board

l Provides four

E1s/T1s.

l Provides one

FE/GE optical

port.

l Provides one

FE/GEelectrical port.

l Provides one

CI port.

In a co-MPT

multimod

e base

station or a

hybrid-

MPT base

station

configure

d with one

BBU: 1

In a co-MPT

multimod

e base

station or a

hybrid-

MPT base

station

configure

d with two

BBUs: 2

In aseparate-

MPT base

station:

l One

BBU:

2

l BBU

interco

nnecti

on: 2

A UMPTb1 must be configured in an eGBTS.The UMPTb1 in UMTS mode is configured in the


l From RAN14.0 onwards, this board can be

configured to support the UMTS mode.

l The base stations need to supportIPSec

and PKI features.

l The signaling specification exceeds 170

CNBAP/s.

l There is a requirement for UMTS-to-LTE

transition.l The UMPTb1 working in UMTS mode cannot

be configured in the BBU where a WMPT is

configured.

The UMPTb1 board working in LTE mode cannot

be configured in the BBU where an LMPT board

has been configured.

The UMPTb1 in multi-mode is configured in the


l From SRAN8.0 onwards, the UMPTb1 board

is recommended for single-mode and multi-mode base stations.

l A UMPTb1 is mandatory in a co-MPT

multimode base station.

l A UMPTb1 is optional in the GU or GL

multimode co-transmission scenarios where

the GSM needs to supportIPSec and PKI

features.

l A separate-MPT base station needs to use

UCIU+UMPT interconnection. In this case, a

UMPTb1 must be configured in BBU 1.





51



ExternalModel

Description



WD2D0UMPTB01 UniversalMain

Processing &

Transmissio

n unit with 4

E1s and 2 FE/

GE ports,

UMPTb2

UMPTb2,universal main

processing and

transmission

board

l Provides one

FE/GE

electrical port.

l Provides one

FE/GE optical

port.

l Provides four E1s/T1s.

l Provides one

CI port for

BBU

interconnectio

n.

l Provides the

GPS clock

port.

In a co-MPT

multimod

e base

station or a

hybrid-

MPT base

station

configure

d with one

BBU: 1

In a co-

MPT

multimod

e base

station or a

hybrid-

MPT base

station

configure

d with two

BBUs: 2

In a

separate-

MPT base

station:

l One

BBU:

2

l BBU

interco

nnecti

on: 2

l

The UMPTb2 board achieves synchronizationwith a GPS clock. For a new SRAN or LTE

TDD site that needs to be synchronized with a

GPS clock, a UMPTb2 board is preferentially

delivered.

l For a new GSM only (eGBTS) or UMTS only

site that needs to be synchronized with a GPS

clock, a USCU board is preferentially

delivered. In addition, a UMPTb2 board can

be delivered.

GM5D0U

BRIB00

Universal

BaseBand

Radio

Interface

Board (6

CPRI

interface,

UBRIb)

Universal

baseband radio

interface unit

(UBRIb)

Provides six CPRI

ports.

In a

separate-

MPT base

station: 1

In a co-

MPT base

station: 2

A UBRIb board must be configured in the


l More than six CPRI ports are required by

GSM.

l RFUs and RRUs are configured, which

include RRUs or RFUs in GSM mode.

l A UBRIb needs to be configured to provide

CPRI ports if the GSM mode is deployed on

the UMPT where co-MPT is applied.

l Provides CPRI ports if the GSM mode is

deployed on the UMPT.





52



ExternalModel

Description



WD2DUBBPD100 UniversalBaseband

Processing

Unit d1

The universal baseband

processing board

(UBBPd1)

provides six CPRI

ports.

In GSMmode,

when the

GTMUb

board is

used as the

main

control

board, a

maximum

of five

baseband

processing

boards can

be

configure

d; when

the UMPT

board is

used as the

main

control

board, a

maximumof six

baseband

processing

boards can

be

configure

d.

In UMTS

or LTE

mode, a

maximumof six

baseband

processing

boards can

be

configure

d.

From SRAN9.0 onwards, the UBBPd board isrecommended for UMTS only or LTE only mode.

The UBBPd board supports single mode or

multiple modes sharing the same baseband

processing board.

The UBBPd board can be used together with the

WBBP or LBBP board.

In capacity expansion scenarios, it is

recommended that the existing baseband

processing boards be fully configured and the

UBBPd board be added to provide the remaining

capacity.In GBSS16.0, the UBBP board must be

configured for the GSM single mode in the


l VAMOS FR, VAMOS II, 4-way receive

diversity, antenna frequency hopping, or

MICC is enabled.

l The AAU3902 supports the GSM mode.

UMTS single mode:

l From RAN16.0 onwards, the UBBP board is

recommended for the UMTS single mode.

LTE single mode:

l In eRAN6.0, the UBBPd3 and UBBPd4

boards apply to the LTE single mode.

l In eRAN7.0, the UBBPd3, UBBPd4,

UBBPd5, and UBBPd6 boards apply to the

LTE single mode.

l The specifications of UBBPd4 through

UBBPd6 in LTE only mode for different

combinations of cells are as follows:

– The UBBPd4 does not support the mixed

combination of 2T2R and 2T4R or 4T4R.

– The UBBPd5 supports a maximum of six

2T2R cells or supports a maximum of three

2T2R or 4T4R cells.

– The UBBPd6 supports the combinations of

any two of 2T2R, 2T4R, 4T4R with a

maximum of 3 cells of either mode.

– The UBBPd6 configured with 2T2R

supports a maximum of six cells.

WD2DU

BBPD200

Universal

Baseband

Processing

Unit d2

The universal

baseband

processing board

(UBBPd2)

provides six CPRI

ports.

WD2DU

BBPD300

Universal

Baseband

Processing

Unit d3

The universal

baseband

processing board

(UBBPd3)

provides six CPRI

ports.

WD2DU

BBPD400

Universal

Baseband

Processing

Unit d4

The universal

baseband

processing board

(UBBPd4) provides six CPRI

ports.

WD2DU

BBPD500

Universal

Baseband

Processing

Unit d5

The universal

baseband

processing board

(UBBPd5)

provides six CPRI

ports.





53



ExternalModel

Description



WD2DUBBPD600 UniversalBaseband

Processing

Unit d6

The universal baseband

processing board

(UBBPd6)

provides six CPRI

ports.

–The UBBPd6 configured with either 2T4R or 4T4R supports a maximum of six cells.

Multimode and co-BBP scenarios:

l In a GU dual-mode base station, the UBBPd1,

UBBPd2, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or

UBBPd6 board must be configured.

l In a GL dual-mode base station, the UBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6 board must

be configured.

l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UBBPd6

board must be configured.

l In a GUL triple-mode base station, the

UBBPd6 board must be configured.

In SRAN6.0, three modes can be deployed on two BBUs. For example, GSM and UMTS are

deployed on one BBU and LTE mode is deployed on the other BBU, or GSM and LTE are

deployed on one BBU and UMTS mode is deployed on the other BBU. The two BBUs cannot

share transmission resources or clock signals. Configurations of LTE mode in GU+L mode are

the same as those of LTE only mode. In GL+U mode, UMTS configurations are the same as the

configurations in UMTS only mode.

In SRAN7.0, two BBUs can be interconnected to support three modes, such as GU+L(G) and

GL+U(G). In addition, transmission resources and clock signals can be shared between two

interconnected BBUs. From SRAN7.0 onwards, the UMPT board is introduced to support the

mainstream solution of co-transmission and the UTRPc board is used for the alternative solution

of co-transmission.

In RAN14.0, the UTRPa board is introduced (used only for UMTS) to replace the UTRP3 and

UTRP4 boards, which will enter the EOM phase.

In SRAN8.0, co-MPT is introduced. In co-MPT scenarios, co-transmission is recommended.

The following table lists the principles for configuring clock and transmission boards in a BBU.





54



NOTE

For details about the specifications of each board, see the following contents in 3900 Series Base Station

Technical Description: Product Specifications > Technical Specifications of the BBU3900. For details

about the transmission specifications, see Transmission Port.

Table 4-22 Principles for configuring clock and transmission boards in a BBU

Model Description



WD2D00

USCU00

Universal

Satellite

Clock Unit

USCUb11,

clock board

used for

LTE,

without a

satellite

card

1 This board needs to be configured for the LTE mode

when any of the following conditions is met:

l This board is required when a BITS reference clock

source is used for the LTE mode.

l This board is required when the LTE mode is not

configured with a main control board that has a built-in GPS satellite card but requires the GPS or OTDOA

function.

l This board is required when the 1PPS/1PPS+TOD or

RGPS clock is used for the LTE mode.

WD2D0U

SCU300

Universal

Synchroniz

ation Clock

Unit

Supporting

GPS andBITS

USCUb14,

clock board

with a

built-in u-

blox GPS

satellitecard

1 This board is optional and can be configured from

SRAN7.0, GBSS14.0, or RAN14.0 onwards.

l This board is required when GPS or BITS clock

synchronization is used for the GSM or UMTS mode.

l This board is required when a BITS reference clock

source is used for the LTE mode.

l This board is required when the LTE mode is not

configured with a main control board that has a built-

in GPS satellite card but requires the GPS or OTDOA

function.

l This board is required when the UMTS mode requires

the OTDOA function.

l In GU/GL/UL dual-mode base station, this board is

required when GPS or BITS clock synchronization is

used for GSM or UMTS, or when BITS clock

synchronization is used for LTE.l This board is required in a GU/GL/UL dual-mode

base station where the Common Clock feature is

activated and GPS or BITS clock synchronization is

used.

l This board is required in either a single- or multimode

base station when the 1PPS/1PPS+TOD or RGPS

clock is used for the LTE mode.





55



Model Description



WD2D00

UCIU00

Universal

CascadingInterface

Unit

UCIU for

BBUinterconne

ction. It

provides

one port for

connecting

to the root

BBU and

five ports

for

connecting

to the leaf

BBUs.

1 For a separate-MPT triple-mode base station, BBU 0

needs to be configured with the UCIU if the two BBUsare interconnected by connecting the UCIU in one BBU

and the UMPT in the other BBU.

In GU dual mode, the UCIU board is required when a

cabinet used by a 3900 series base station and a cabinet

used by a 3012 series base station are installed side by

side. In this case, the GTMUb board is mandatory and

the UCIU board cannot be used for BBU

interconnection.

GM5DUT

RPB400

GSM TDM

over E1/T1

Interface

Unit

Transmissi

on

extension

board for

GSM

(UTRPb4)

Provides

eight E1s/

T1s over

TDM

1 This board is required when five to eight E1s/T1s need

to be provided for GSM.

QWMD0U

TRP300

Iub ATM

Interface

Unit (8

E1s)

UTRP3,

UMTS

transmissio

n extension

board

Supporting

eight E1s

over ATM

4 This board is required when the E1/T1 ports on the main

control and transmission board in UMTS mode support

ATM transmission and more than four E1s/T1s over

ATM ports are required.

QWMP0U

TRP400

Iub IP

InterfaceUnit (8

E1s)

UTRP4,

UMTStransmissio

n extension

board

Supporting

eight E1s

over IP

4 This board is required when the E1 ports on the main

control and transmission board in UMTS mode supportIP transmission and more than four E1s over IP are

required.





56



Model Description



QWMP0U

TRP900

Iub IP

InterfaceUnit (4 FE/

GE

Electrical

ports)

UTRP9,

UMTStransmissio

n extension

board

Provides

four FE/GE

electrical

ports.

4 This board is required when two or more FE electrical

ports or any GE electrical port is used by UMTS.Each board provides four FE/GE electrical ports, and the

number of the boards to be configured is determined by

the required number of FE/GE electrical ports.

QWMP0U

TRP200

Iub IP

Interface

Unit (2 FE/

GE Optical ports)

UTRP2,

UMTS

transmissio

n extension board

Provides

two FE/GE

optical

ports.

4 This board is required when two or more FE optical ports

or any GE optical port is used by UMTS.

In SRAN7.0 or RAN14.0, the UTRPc is configured by

default.

QWMD0U

TRP600

Iub ATM

Interface

Unit

(1Unchann

elizedSTM-1)

UTRP6,

UMTS

transmissio

n extension

boardProvides

one

unchanneli

zed STM-1

port

4 This board is required when unchannelized STM-1

transmission is used by UMTS.

QWMD0U

TRPA00

Universal

Transmissi

on

Resource

Processing

Unit (8E1/

T1)

UTRPa:

UMTS

transmissio

n extension

board. It

provides

eight ATM

or IP over

E1 ports.

4 l This board is required when the E1/T1 ports on the

main processing and transmission board in UMTS

mode support ATM or IP transmission and more than

four E1/T1 ports are required.

lEach board provides eight E1/T1 ports, and thenumber of the boards to be configured is determined

by the required number of E1/T1 ports.

l The ATM transmission and IP transmission cannot

be used together.

l The delivered UTRPa board supports the plug-and-

play function in RAN14.0 and RAN14.1, and the

delivered board cannot be customized. From

RAN15.0 onwards, this board is supported by using

software.





57



Model Description



QWMD0U

TRPC00

Universal

Transmission

Resource

Processing

Unit (4

Electrical

FE/GE

ports & 2

Optical FE/

GE ports)

Transmissi

onextension

board for

WCDMA

(UTRPc)

l Works

in

GSM,

UMTS,

or LTE

mode.

l Provides four

FE/GE

electric

al ports.

l Provide

s two

FE/GE

optical

ports.

1 Optional. This board is introduced in SRAN7.0,

GBSS14.0, RAN14.0, and eRAN3.0. The GSM, UMTS,and LTE modes can share one UTRPc board. From

SRAN7.0 onwards, the UTRPc board is recommended

for increasing FE/GE ports in all modes. When the

GTMUa board is used, the UTRPc board cannot be used

for transmission capacity expansion.

l This board is required when a base station that uses

triple-mode co-transmission is not configured with a

UMPT, or is configured with a UMPT but requires

expansion of the transmission capability.

l This board is required when IPSec needs to be

supported for GSM.l This board is required when IPSec is used for UMTS

and no UMPT is configured for UMTS.

l This board is required when GE ports are required by

GSM.

QCUBBB

ULIG01

Lighting

Arrester

Box

SLPU:

surge

protection

box for

transmissio

n

1 l Each surge protection box is configured with a

maximum of four surge protection boards.

l A BTS3900AL cabinet contains one surge protection

box. One piece needs to be configured when more

than four surge protection boards are required.

WD2P00U

ELP00

Universal

E1/T1

Lighting

Protection

Unit

UELP:

universal

E1/T1

lightning

protection

unit

- l Every four E1 ports are configured with one package

for surge protection.

l A BTS3900AL AC cabinet contains two E1 surge

protection packages. This board needs to be

configured when more than two E1 surge protection

packages are required.

WD2P0UF

LPB00

Universal

FE/GE

Lighting

Protection

Unit

UFLPb:

universal

FE/GE

lightning

protection

unit

- l Every two FE/GE electrical ports are configured with

one package for surge protection.

l A BTS3900AL AC cabinet contains one FE/GE

surge protection package. This board needs to be

configured when more than one FE/GE surge

protection package is required.





58



Model Description



WD2P0UF

LPC00

Universal

FE/GELighting

Protection

Unit

UFLPc:

universalFE/GE

lightning

protection

unit

- l Every two FE/GE electrical ports are configured with

one package for surge protection.l A BTS3900AL AC cabinet contains one FE/GE

surge protection package. This board needs to be

configured when more than one FE/GE surge

protection package is required.

4.2.3 CPRI Networking Configurations

The following table lists the CPRI networking configuration principles.

NOTE

The CPRI networking configuration principles apply to a BBU3900.

Table 4-23 CPRI networking configuration principles

Application Scenario

Networking Topology


Multimode

SDR RF

modules in

separate-MPT

scenarios

Dual-star The dual-star topology is recommended.

CPRI MUX l The WBBPf/UBBPd_U and GTMUb must be

configured in GU CPRI MUX mode. The WBBPf/UBBPd_U must connect to CPRI fiber optic cables that

process both GSM and UMTS signals. The WBBPf/

UBBPd_U must be installed in slot 2 or 3.

l The LBBPd/UBBPd_L and GTMUb must be

configured in GL CPRI MUX mode. The LBBPd/

UBBPd_L must connect to CPRI fiber optic cables that

process both GSM and LTE signals. The LBBPd or

UBBPd_L must be installed in slot 2 or 3.

l The LBBPd/UBBPd_L and WBBPf/UBBPd_U must be

configured in UL CPRI MUX mode. The LBBPd/

UBBPd_L or WBBPf/UBBPd_U must connect to CPRIfiber optic cables that process both UMTS and LTE

signals. Baseband processing boards that connect to

fiber optic cables must be installed in slot 2 or 3.





59



Application Scenario

Networking Topology


Multimode

SDR RFmodules in

co-MPT

scenarios

CPRI MUX The CPRI MUX topology is recommended.

l The WBBPf/UBBPd_U and UBRIb must be configuredin GU CPRI MUX mode. The UBRIb must connect to

CPRI fiber optic cables that process both GSM and

UMTS signals. The WBBPf/UBBPd_U must be

installed in slot 2 or 3. The UBRIb must be installed in

slot 0 or 1.

l The LBBPd/UBBPd_L and UBRIb must be configured

in GL CPRI MUX mode. The UBRIb must connect to

CPRI fiber optic cables that process both GSM and LTE

signals. The LBBPd or UBBPd_L must be installed in

slot 2 or 3. The UBRIb must be installed in slot 1.

l The WBBPf/UBBPd_U and LBBPd/UBBPd_L must beconfigured in UL CPRI MUX mode. The WBBPf/

UBBPd_U or LBBPd/UBBPd_L must connect to CPRI

fiber optic cables that process both UMTS and LTE

signals. Baseband processing boards that connect to

fiber optic cables must be installed in slot 2 or 3.

Load sharing

mode (for

transition of

existing sites)

l In the GU SDR load-sharing networking topology, the

WBBPa/WBBPb/WBBPd/WBBPf/UBBPd_U and

UBRI/UBRIb are configured. Both the GSM and

UMTS baseband processing boards are connected to

CPRI fiber optic cables.

l In the GL SDR load-sharing networking topology, the

LBBPc/LBBPd/UBBPd_L and UBRI/UBRIb are

configured. Both the GSM and LTE baseband

processing boards are connected to CPRI fiber optic

cables.

l In the UL SDR load-sharing networking topology, the

WBBPa/WBBPb/WBBPd/WBBPf/UBBPd_U and

LBBPc/LBBPd/UBBPd_L are configured. Both the

UMTS and LTE baseband processing boards are

connected to CPRI fiber optic cables.

4.3 RF Module Configuration

This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules in a 3900 series base station.

RFU and RRU ConfigurationRF Module Configurations 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station The type of RF modules

to be used is determined by the frequency band. Each sector is configured with at least one RF module. The number

of RF modules to be configured depends on the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.The

following table lists the relationships between sectors and RF modules. For details about the frequency bands, number

of sectors and carriers, and output power supported by each type of RF module, see technical specifications of RRUs

and RFUs.RF module configurationsConfiguration ScenarioRF Module ConfigurationTransmit diversity2x2





60



MIMOMIMO PrimeTwo TX channels are required for one sector:Two 1T modulesa are configured for one

sector.One 2Tb or 4T module is configured for one sector.DL 4x2 MIMODL 4x4 MIMOFour TX channels are

required for one sector:Two 2T modules are configured for one sector.One 4T module is configured for one sector.

1T modules cannot be used in this configuration scenario. UL 4-way DiversityUL 2x4 multi-user MIMO (MU-

MIMO)Four RX channels are required for one sector:Two 2R modules are configured for one sector.One 4R moduleis configured for one sector.a: In versions earlier than SRAN6.0, when two 1T RF modules are configured to support

MIMO, the two RF modules must be cascaded by connecting CPRI ports. From SRAN6.0 onwards, it is

recommended that the two RF modules be cascaded by connecting CPRI ports.b: In UMTS mode, two 2T RF modules

in one sector support UL 4-way diversity but do not support carrier or power expansion. If RFUs and RRUs are used

in the same base station, they cannot operate in the same frequency band.The application scenarios supported by RF

modules vary according to the working mode of the RF modules, as shown in the following table.RF module

configuration restrictionsModeRestrictionGSMThe DRFUs support UL 4-way diversity.From GBSS16.0/SRAN9.0,

the UBBPd is introduced to process GSM baseband signals and support UL 4-way diversity.The DRFU, RRU3004,

and 2T RF modules support the transmit diversity.When 4-way receive diversity is used, two DRFUs must be

configured.When PBT or transmit diversity is used, each DRFU or RRU3004 supports only one TRX. Each cell

served by the GSM DRFU or RRU3004 supports a maximum of two TRXs. When transmit diversity is used, the

maximum number of carriers supported by each GSM RF module with two transmit channels decreases by half.When

transmit diversity is used, the DRFU and RRU3004 do not support PBT. When UL 4-way diversity is used, the

DRFU does not support TMA. When 4-way diversity is used, each cell supports a maximum of two TRXs.In an

eGBTS, the RF modules do not support transmit diversity.UMTSRFUs support transmit diversity, 2x2 MIMO, and

UL 4-way diversity.RRUs support DL transmit diversity, 2x2 MIMO, and UL 4-way diversity.LTEThe following

configuration scenarios are supported: 2x2 MIMO, UL 4-way diversity, DL 4x2 MIMO, UL 2x4 MU-MIMO, and

DL 4x4 MIMO. When DL 4x2 MIMO or DL 4x4 MIMO is used, two cascaded 2T RF modules or one 4T RF module

is required. 1T RF modules do not support DL 4x2 MIMO or DL 4x4 MIMO.RF Modules Working at Band 8 (900

MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working

at 900 MHz. RFUs Working at Band 8 (900 MHz)The following table lists the RFU configuration. RFU configuration

Model Description Function Maximum Quantity Configuration Principle WD5M9EMRFU05 (used for the

BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) WD5P9EMRFU04 (used for the BTS3900AL) MRFUe for Multi-Mode 900MHz EGSM MRFUe working at the 900 M EGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum

output power is 1x125 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE

(supported only in multimode base stations), GU SDR, or GL SDR mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L

site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.

WD5M9EMRFU03 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) WD5P9EMRFU03 (used for the

BTS3900AL) MRFUd for Multi-Mode 900 MHz EGSM This module is no longer sold after GA of the enhanced

MRFUd. MRFUd working at the 900 M EGSM band: The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output

power is 2x80 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU,

or GL mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to

be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs. WD5M9PMRFU03 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and

BTS3900L) WD5P9PMRFU02 (used for the BTS3900AL) MRFUd for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM This module

is no longer sold after GA of the enhanced MRFUd. MRFUd working at the 900 M PGSM band: The module has

two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x80 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960

MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a

BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of

carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.

WD5M9EMRFU07 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) WD5P9EMRFU05 (used for the

BTS3900AL) RF Unit V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz EGSM MRFU V2 working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The

module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925

MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, LTE, or GL mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12

At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number





61



of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.

WD5M9PMRFU01 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) WD5P9PMRFU01 (used for the

BTS3900AL) RF Unit V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM This module will no longer be sold. MRFU V2 working

at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL:

890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined

by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RFUs. WD5M9PMRFU02 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5P9PMRFU02 (used for the BTS3900AL) RF Unit V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM MRFU V2 working at

the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL:

890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined


Specifications of RFUs. WD5M9EMRFU02 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5P9EMRFU02 (used for the BTS3900AL) RF Unit V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz EGSM MRFU V2 working

at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL:

880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a BTS3900/



Specifications of RFUs. WD5M9EMRFU06 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5M9EMRFU13 (used for the BTS3900AL) MRFUd for Multi-Mode 900MHz EGSM Enhanced MRFUd

working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x80

W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At

a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is

determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see

Technical Specifications of RFUs. WD5M9PMRFU06 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5M9PMRFU13 (used for the BTS3900AL) MRFUd for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM Enhanced MRFUd

working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x80W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At

a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is


Technical Specifications of RFUs. GM5M9PGRFU01 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

GM5P9PGRFU01 (used for the BTS3900AL) GRFU V2 900 MHz PGSM This module will no longer be sold. Multi-

carrier RFU working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output

power is 1x80 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a BTS3900/



Specifications of RFUs. GM5M9EGRFU02 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) GM5P9EGRFU02

(used for the BTS3900AL) GRFU V2 900 MHz EGSM This module will no longer be sold. Multi-carrier RFU

working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80

W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number

of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications

of RFUs. GM5M9PGRFU02 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) GM5P9PGRFU02 (used for the

BTS3900AL) GRFU V2 900 MHz PGSM Multi-carrier RFU working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module

has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to

960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The

number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.

For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs. GM5M9EGRFU04 (used for the

BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) GM5P9EGRFU04 (used for the BTS3900AL) GRFU V2 900 MHz EGSM

Multi-carrier RFU working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum





62



output power is 1x80 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured is


Technical Specifications of RFUs. GM5M9EDRFU00 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) DRFU

900 MHz EGSM DRFU working with 35 MHz bandwidth at the 900 MHz EGSM band UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz;DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a


carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.

GM5M9PDRFU00 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) DRFU 900 MHz PGSM DRFU working

with 25 MHz bandwidth at the 900 MHz PGSM band UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can

work in GSM mode. At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12 At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of

packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details

about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs. RRUs Working at Band 8 (900 MHz)The following

table lists the RRU configuration. RRU configuration Model Description Function Maximum Quantity Configuration

Principle WD5M9P392900 RRU3929 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM RRU3929 working at the 900 MHz PGSM

band: The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz;

DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C

site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured

is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications,

see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9E392931 RRU3929 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz EGSM RRU3929

working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60

W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At

a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The

number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For

details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9E392800 RRU3928 for Multi-Mode

900 MHz EGSM RRU3928 working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has two transmit channels and its

maximum output power is 2x40 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM,

UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900Lsite using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL

site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and

output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. GM6M9PDRRU00

RRU3004 900 MHz PGSM RRU3004 working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935

MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12 The number of packages to be configured is

determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see

Technical Specifications of RRUs. GM6M9EDRRU00 RRU3004 900 MHz EGSM RRU3004 working at the 900

MHz EGSM band: UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900

site: 12 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and

output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. GM6M9PGRRU04

RRU3008 900 MHz PGSM RRU3008 V2 working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL:

935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12 The number of packages to be configured

is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications,

see Technical Specifications of RRUs. GM6M9EGRRU06 RRU3008 900 MHz EGSM RRU3008 V2 working at

the 900 MHz EGSM band: UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a

DBS3900 site: 12 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of

carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.

WD5M9PMRRU04 RRU V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz PGSM RRU3908 V2 working at the 900 MHz PGSM band:

UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a

DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets:

6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages

to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9EMRRU03 RRU V2 for Multi-Mode 900 MHz EGSM





63



RRU3908 V2 working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can

work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D

cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M9P392600 RRU3926 for Multi-mode 900 MHz PGSM RRU3926 working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The

module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935

MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. At a DBS3900 site:12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using

Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number

of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs. WD5M9E392600 RRU3926 for Multi-mode 900 MHz EGSM RRU3926 working at the 900 MHz EGSM

band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz;

DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site:

1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L

using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the

number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9P393600 RRU3936 for Multi-mode 900 MHz PGSM RRU3936, blade RRU

working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80

W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, GU, or GL mode. At a

DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets:

6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages

to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9E393600 RRU3936 for Multi-mode 900 MHz EGSM

RRU3936, blade RRU working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum

output power is 1x80 W. UL: 880 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 925 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, GU,

or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B

or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Thenumber of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For

details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9P393800 RRU3938 for Multi-Mode

900 MHz PGSM RRU3938, blade RRU working at the 900 MHz PGSM band: The module has two transmit channels

and its maximum output power is 2x40 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in

GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B

or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The


details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M9E393800 RRU3938 for Multi-Mode

900 MHz EGSM RRU3938, blade RRU working at the 900 MHz EGSM band: The module has two transmit channels

and its maximum output power is 2x40 W. UL: 890 MHz to 915 MHz; DL: 935 MHz to 960 MHz It can work in

GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B

or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The


details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. RF Modules Working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)

2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at

1800 MHz.RFUs Working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)The following table lists the RFU configuration.RFU

configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M18MRFU32 (used for

the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P18MRFU32 (used for the BTS3900AL)MRFUe for Multi-Mode

1800 MHzMultimode RF module working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has one transmit channel and its

maximum output power is 1x125 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM,

UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18The number

of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For

details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.WD5M18MRFU05 (used for the BTS3900,





64



BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P18MRFU05 (used for the BTS3900AL)MRFUd for Multi-Mode 1800 MHzThis

module is no longer sold after GA of the enhanced MRFUd. Multimode RF modules working at the 1800 MHz full

bandThe module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz;

DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications

of RFUs.WD5M18MRFU07 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5MP18MRFU15 (used for

the BTS3900AL)MRFUd for Multi-Mode 1800 MHzEnhanced MRFUd working at the 1800 MHz band:The module

has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz

to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site:

12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number

of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RFUs.WD5M18MRFU03 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P18MRFU03 (used for the

BTS3900AL)RF Unit V2 for multi-mode 1800 MHz AThis module will no longer be sold. MRFU working at segment

A of the 1800 MHz band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1710

MHz to 1770MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1875 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by

the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RFUs.WD5M18MRFU04 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P18MRFU04

(used for the BTS3900AL)RF Unit V2 for multi-mode 1800 MHz BThis module will no longer be sold. MRFU

working at segment B of the 1800 MHz band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power

is 1x80 W.UL: 1725 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1820 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or

GL mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18WD5M18MRFU06 (used for the

BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P18MRFU06 (used for the BTS3900AL)RF Unit V2 for multi-mode

1800 MHzMultimode RF module working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has one transmit channel and its


UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet:

18GM5M18GRFU03 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)GM5P18GRFU03 (used for theBTS3900AL)GRFU V2 1800 M AThis module will no longer be sold. Multi-carrier RFU working at segment A of

the 1800 MHz band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz

to 1770 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1875 MHzIt can work in GSM mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site:



RFUs.GM5M18GRFU04 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)GM5P18GRFU04 (used for the

BTS3900AL)GRFU V2 1800 M BThis module will no longer be sold. Multi-carrier RFU working at segment B of

the 1800 MHz band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1725 MHz

to 1785 MHz; DL: 1820 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site:

12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18GM5M18GRFU05 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

GM5P18GRFU05 (used for the BTS3900AL)GRFU V2 1800 MMulti-carrier RFU working at the 1800 MHz full

band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz;

DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL

cabinet: 18GM5M18DRFU00 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)DRFU 1800 MDRFU working

at 1800 MHz:Supporting the full 1800 MHz bandUL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can

work in GSM mode.At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18The number of packages

to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.RRUs Working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)The following table lists

the RRU configuration.RRU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration

PrincipleWD5M18392931RRU3929 for Multi-Mode 1800 MHzMultimode RF module working at the 1800 MHz

full band:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785

MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At

a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages





65




specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M18393900RRU3939 for Multi-Mode 1800

MHzRRU3939, blade RRU working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has two transmit channels and its


LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site:9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output

power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M18392800RRU3928 for

Multi-Mode 1800 MHzMultimode RF module working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has two transmit

channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt

can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/


cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.GM6M18DRRU00RRU3004 1800 MHzRRU3004 working at the 1800 MHz band:UL: 1710 MHz to 1785

MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12The number of packages to be

configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M18GRRU00RRU3008 1800 MHz ARRU3008 V1

working at the lower 45 MHz segment of the 1800 MHz band:UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1850

MHzIt can work in GSM mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12The number of packages to be configured is determined by


Specifications of RRUs.WD5M18GRRU01RRU3008 1800 MHz BRRU3008 V1 working at the higher 45 MHz

segment of the 1800 MHz band:UL: 1740 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1835 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM

mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number


RRUs.WD5M18MRRU01RRU for Multi-Mode 1800 MHz ARRU3908 V1, multimode RF module working at the

lower 45 MHz segment of the 1800 MHz band:UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1850 MHzIt can

work in GSM, LTE, or GL mode. The UMTS mode is supported in terms of hardware.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a

BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9Select this package based on the frequency

band requirements.The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of

carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.WD5M18MRRU02RRU for Multi-Mode 1800 MHz BRRU3908 V1, multimode RF module working at the

lower 45 MHz segment of the 1800 MHz band:UL: 1740 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1835 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can

work in GSM, LTE, or GL mode. The UMTS mode is supported in terms of hardware.WD5M18392600RRU3926

Multi-Mode for 1800 MHzRRU3926 working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has one transmit channel and

its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in

GSM, UMTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L

site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL

site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and

output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M18393600RRU3936

Multi-Mode for 1800 MHzRRU3936, multimode blade RRU working at the 1800 MHz full band:The module has

one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL: 1805 MHz to

1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/


cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,


RRUs.WD5M18393800RRU3938 for Multi-Mode 1800 MHzRRU3938 working at the 1800 MHz full band:The

module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1785 MHz; DL:

1805 MHz to 1880 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, or GL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/


cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9At a BTS3900C site: 1The number of packages to be configured is determined





66




Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at Band 5 (850 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section

describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at 850 MHz. RFUs Working at Band 5 (850 MHz)The

following table lists the RFU configuration. RFU configuration Model Counter Description Function Maximum

Quantity Configuration Principle WD5M85MRFU00 (for BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L) WD5P85MRFU00(for BTS3900AL) RF Unit V2 for multi-mode 850MHz MRFU V2 working at the 850 MHz band: The module has

one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 824 MHz to 846.5 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to

891.5 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet:

12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18 Select this package based on the frequency band requirements.The number of packages


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs. QWMMWRFU8500 (for BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L)

QWMPWRFU8500 (for BTS3900AL) RF Unit for UMTS 850 MHz (80 W) WRFU working at segment A of the

850 MHz band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 824 MHz to

835 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to 880 MHz It can work in UMTS mode. BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L

cabinet: 12BTS3900AL cabinet: 18 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.

RRUs Working at Band 5 (850 MHz)The following table lists the RRU configuration. RRU configuration Model

Counter Description Function Maximum Quantity Configuration Principle WD5MJRUA850A RRU3936 Multi-

Mode for 850MHz RRU3936, multimode blade RRU working at the 850 MHz full band: The module has one transmit

channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 824 MHz to 849 MHz; DL: 869MHz to 894MHzIt can work

in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L (Ver.B) or (Ver.C) cabinets: 6At a site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets: 9At a


carriers, and output power.For the specifications, see .For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RRUs. WD5M85394200 RRU3942 for Multi-Mode 850 MHz RRU3942 working at 850 MHz:

The module has two transmit channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W. UL:

824 MHz to 849 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to 894 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. It supports four carriers

and four antennas. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Selectthis package based on the frequency band requirements.The number of packages to be configured is determined by


Specifications of RRUs. QWEMRRU5A300 RRU for UMTS 850 MHz (40 W) RRU3801E working at 850 MHz:

UL: 824 MHz to 834 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to 879 MHz It can work in UMTS mode. It supports a maximum of two

carriers. The maximum output power is 40 W. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a site using BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.B) or (Ver.C) cabinets: 6At a site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.D)

cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Select this package based on the frequency band requirements.The number of

packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details

about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. QWEMRRU50200 RRU for UMTS 850MHz (60

W) RRU3804 working at 850 MHz: UL: 824 MHz to 849 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to 894 MHz It supports a maximum

of four carriers. The maximum output power is 60 W. It can work in UMTS mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a

BTS3900C site: 1At a site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.B) or (Ver.C) cabinets: 6At a site using

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Select this package based on the

frequency band requirements.The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.

WD5M85MRRU02 RRU V2 for Multi-Mode 850MHz RRU3908 V2, multimode RF module working at 850 MHz:

UL: 824 MHz to 849 MHz; DL: 869 MHz to 894 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. At a DBS3900

site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.B) or (Ver.C) cabinets: 6At a

site using BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Select this package based

on the frequency band requirements.The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.

GM6M85GRRU00 RRU3008 850MHz RRU3008 V1 working at 850 MHz: UL: 824 MHz to 849 MHz; DL: 869

MHz to 894 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12 The number of packages to be configured is





67




Technical Specifications of RRUs. RF Modules Working at Band 2 (1900 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station

This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at 1900 MHz. RFUs Working at Band 2

(1900 MHz)The following table lists the RFU configuration. RFU configuration Model Description Function

Maximum Quantity Configuration Principle WD5M19MRFU01 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, andBTS3900L) WD5P19MRFU01 (used for the BTS3900AL) RF Unit for multi-mode 1900 MHz A MRFU V1 working

at segment A of the 1900 M band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.

UL: 1850 MHz to 1890 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1970 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. BTS3900

cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured

is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications,

see Technical Specifications of RFUs. WD5M19MRFU02 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5P19MRFU02 (used for the BTS3900AL) RF Unit for multi-mode 1900 MHz B MRFU V1 working at segment

B of the 1900 M band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 1870

MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1950 MHz to 1990 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. BTS3900 cabinet,

BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18 GM5M19GRFU00 (used for the BTS3900,

BTS3900A, and BTS3900L) GM5P19GRFU00 (used for the BTS3900AL) GRFU 1900 MHz A Multi-carrier RF

module working at segment A of the 1900 MHz band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output

power is 1x80 W. UL: 1850 MHz to 1890 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1970 MHz It can work in GSM mode. BTS3900

cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18 The number of packages to be configured


see Technical Specifications of RFUs. GM5M19GRFU01 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

GM5P19GRFU01 (used for the BTS3900AL) GRFU 1900 MHz B Multi-carrier RF module working at segment B

of the 1900 MHz band: The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W. UL: 1870

MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1950 MHz to 1990 MHz It can work in GSM mode. BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or

BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18 RRUs Working at Band 2 (1900 MHz)The following table lists the

RRU configuration. RRU configuration Model Description Function Maximum Quantity Configuration Principle

GM6M19GRRU00 RRU3008 1900 MHz A RRU3008 V1 working at the lower 40 MHz segment of the 1900 MHz

band: UL: 1850 MHz to 1890 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1970 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900 site:12 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output

power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. GM6M19GRRU01 RRU3008

1900 MHz B RRU3008 V1 working at the higher 40 MHz segment of the 1900 MHz band: UL: 1870 MHz to 1910

MHz; DL: 1950 MHz to 1990 MHz It can work in GSM mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12 The number of packages to


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. WD5M19MRRU01 RRU for Multi-Mode 1900 MHz A

RRU3908 V1, multimode RF module working at the lower 40 MHz segment of the 1900 MHz band: UL: 1850 MHz

to 1890 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1970 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a

BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9 Select this package based

on the frequency band requirements.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.The


WD5M19MRRU02 RRU for Multi-Mode 1900 MHz B RRU3908 V1, multimode RF module working at the higher

40 MHz segment of the 1900 MHz band: UL: 1870 MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1950 MHz to 1990 MHz It can work

in GSM, UMTE, or GU mode. QWEMRRU20300 RRU for WCDMA 1900 MHz (40 W) RRU3801E working at

1900 MHz: UL: 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1990 MHz It supports a maximum of two carriers. The

maximum output power is 40 W. It can work in UMTS mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using

Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number

of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications

of RRUs. QWEMRRU20200 RRU for WCDMA 1900 MHz (60 W) RRU3804 working at 1900 MHz: UL: 1850

MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1990 MHz It supports a maximum of four carriers and its maximum output

power is 60 W. It can work in UMTS mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a





68




carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.

WD5M19394200 RRU3942 for Multi-Mode 1900 MHz RRU3942 working at 1900 MHz: The module has two

transmit channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W. It supports a maximum of

two sectors in 1T2R mode. UL: 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1990 MHz It can work in GSM, UMTS,LTE, GU, GL, or UL mode. It supports four carriers and four antennas. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of packages to be configured is determined by


Specifications of RRUs. WD5MJRUA820A RRU3936 Multi-Mode for 1900 MHz RRU3936, multimode blade RRU

working at the 1900 MHz full band:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80

W.UL: 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz; DL: 1930 MHz to 1990 MHzIt can work in GSM, UMTS, LTE, GU, GL, or UL

mode. At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C

cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9 The number of

packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For the

specifications, see .For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs. RF Modules Working

at Band 1 (2100 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF

modules working at 2100 MHz.RFUs Working at Band 1 (2100 MHz)The following table lists the RFU

configuration.RFU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration

PrincipleQWMMWRFUA100 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)QWMPWRFUA100 (used for

the BTS3900AL)WRFUa for WCDMA 2100MHz (1x100 W)RF module working at 2100 MHz:The module has

one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x100 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to

2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL


output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.QWMMWRFU8101 (used

for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)QWMPWRFU2100 (used for the BTS3900AL)WRFUe for WCDMA

2100MHz (2x80 W)RF module working at 2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum

output power is 2x80 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS

mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.QWMMWRFU6100 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and

BTS3900L)QWMPWRFU6100 (used for the BTS3900AL)WRFUd for WCDMA 2100 MHz (2x60 W)RF module

working at 2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1920

MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS or LTE mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A,

or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the

number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RFUs.QWMMWRFU6100 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

QWMPWRFU6100 (used for the BTS3900AL)WRFUd for WCDMA 2100 MHz (2x60 W)RF module working at

2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980

MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet:

12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number


RFUs.QWMMWRFU8102 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)QWMPWRFU1101 (used for the

BTS3900AL)RF Unit for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)RF module working at the 2100 MHz frequency band

(enhanced module of the WRFU whose output power is 80 W):The module has one transmit channel and its maximum

output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS

mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The number of packages to


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.QWMMWRFU4100 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and

BTS3900L)QWMPWRFU4100 (used for the BTS3900AL)RF Unit for WCDMA 2100 MHz (40 W)RF module

working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x40 W.UL: 1920

MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or





69



BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the


Specifications of RFUs.QWMMWRFU8100 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

QWMPWRFU8100 (used for the BTS3900AL)RF Unit for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)RF module working at 2100

MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz;DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzBTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12At a BTS3900AL site: 18The


For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.RRUs Working at Band 1 (2100 MHz)

The following table lists the RRU configuration.RRU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum

QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M21382400RRU3824 for WCDMA 2100MHz (60W)RRU3824, blade RRU

working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x60 W.UL: 1920

MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C

site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined


Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21382401RRU3824 for WCDMA 2100 MHz (60 W)Enhanced RRU3824, blade

RRU working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x60 W.UL:

1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site:12At a

BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is


Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21382600RRU3826 for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)RRU3826, blade

RRU working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL:

1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site:12At a

BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/



Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21382601RRU3826 for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)Enhanced RRU3826, blade RRU working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80

W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At

a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/



Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21383200RRU3832 for Multi-Mode AWSRRU3832, blade RRU working

at 2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is

2x60 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.The RRU3832

supports two receive channels in RAN12.0 and RAN13.0 and supports four carriers in RAN12.0.At a DBS3900 site:

12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured


see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21383900RRU3839 for WCDMA 2100 MHz (2x60 W)RRU3839,

blade RRU working at the 2100 MHz frequency band:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output

power is 2x60 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a

DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The


For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21383800RRU3838 for WCDMA

2100 MHz (2x40 W)RRU3838, blade RRU working at 2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its

maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS

or LTE mode.The RRU3838 only supports four carriers in RAN12.0.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site:

1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L

using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the






70



Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21382900RRU for WCDMA 2100 MHz (2x60 W)RRU3829 working at 2100

MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz;

DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.The RRU3829 only supports four carriers in RAN12.0.At

a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9At a BTS3900C site: 1The

number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.It supports a maximum of six UMTS

carriers and its total output power is 2x60 W.WD5M21MRRU00RRU for WCDMA 2100 MHz (2x40 W)RRU3828

working at 2100 MHz:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 1920

MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.The RRU3828 only supports four

carriers in RAN12.0.At a DBS3900 site:12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using

Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site:

9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output

power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.QWEMRRU10300RRU for

WCDMA 2100 MHz (40 W)RRU3801E working at 2100 MHz, which has entered the EOM phase:UL: 1920 MHz

to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt supports a maximum of two carriers. The maximum output power is

40 W.It can work in UMTS mode.The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,


RRUs.QWEMRRU10200RRU for WCDMA 2100 MHz (60 W)RRU3804 working at 2100 MHz, which has entered

the EOM phase:UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt supports a maximum of four carriers.

The maximum output power is 60 W.It can work in UMTS mode.The number of packages to be configured is


Technical Specifications of RRUs.QWEMRRU10700RRU for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)RRU3806 working at

2100 MHz, which has entered the EOM phase:UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt supports

a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power is 80 W.It can work in UMTS mode.The number of packages


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.QWEMRRU10800RRU for WCDMA/LTE 2100 MHz (2x40

W)RRU3808 working at 2100 MHz:UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS

or LTE mode.The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers,and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.WD5M21382601RRU3826 for WCDMA 2100 MHz (80 W)Enhanced RRU3826, blade RRU working at

2100 MHz:The module has one transmit channel and its maximum output power is 1x80 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980

MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a

BTS3900AL site: 9At a BTS3900C site: 1The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of

sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.It supports a maximum of four UMTS carriers and its total output power is 80 W.WD5M21382401RRU3824

for WCDMA 2100 MHz (60 W)Enhanced RRU3824, blade RRU working at 2100 MHz:The module has one transmit

channel and its maximum output power is 1x60 W.UL: 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2170 MHzIt

can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900 site:12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C

cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of

packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details

about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at Band 7 (2600 MHz) 2014

03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at band 7

(2600 MHz frequency band).RFUs Working at Band 7 (2600 MHz Frequency Band)The following table lists RFU

configurations.RFU configurationsModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration

PrincipleWD5M26LRFU0C (applying to the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P26LRFU0C (applying

to the BTS3900AL)RFU for LTE 2600M C (2x40W)LRFU working at segment C of the 2600 MHz frequency

band:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 2500 MHz to 2520 MHz;

DL: 2620 MHz to 2640 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet:

12BTS3900AL: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of

carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of





71



RFUs.WD5M26LRFU0E (applying to the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)WD5P26LRFU0E (applying to

the BTS3900AL)RFU for LTE 2600M E (2x40W)LRFU working at segment E of the 2600 MHz frequency band:The

module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 2550 MHz to 2570 MHz; DL:

2670 MHz to 2690 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.WD5M26LRFU00 (applying to the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and

BTS3900L)WD5P26LRFU00 (applying to the BTS3900AL)RFU for LTE 2600M D (2x40W)LRFU working atsegment D of the 2600 MHz frequency band:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power

is 2x40 W.UL: 2510 MHz to 2560 MHz; DL: 2630 MHz to 2680 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.RRUs Working at

Band 7 (2600 MHz Frequency Band)The following table lists RRU configurations.RRU

configurationsModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M26324000RRU3240

for LTE 2600MHz (2x40W,2T4R)RRU3240 working at the 2600 MHz frequency band:The module has two transmit

channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 2500 MHz to 2570 MHz; DL:

2620 MHz to 2690 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900: 12BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L: 6BTS3900AL:


power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M26LRRU0CRRU for LTE

2600M C (2x40W)RRU3201 working at segment C of the 2600 MHz frequency band:UL: 2500 MHz to 2520 MHz;

DL: 2620 MHz to 2640 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900: 12BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured

with Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured with Ver.D cabinets: 9BTS3900AL:


power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M26LRRU0DRRU for LTE

2600M D (2x40W)RRU3201 working at segment D of the 2600 MHz frequency band:UL: 2510 MHz to 2560 MHz;




power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M26LRRU0ERRU for LTE

2600M E (2x40W)RRU3201 working at segment E of the 2600 MHz frequency band:UL: 2550 MHz to 2570 MHz;



9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M26LRRU68RRU for LTE

2600MHz (2x40W)RRU3268, blade RRU working at the 2600 MHz frequency band:Its maximum output power is

2x40 W.UL: 2500 MHz to 2570 MHz; DL: 2620 MHz to 2690 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900: 12BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured with Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured

with Ver.D cabinets: 9BTS3900AL: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of

sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.WD5M26326000RRU for LTE 2600MHz (2x40W,2T4R)RRU3260, blade RRU working at the 2600 MHz

frequency band:The module has two transmit channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is

2x40 W.UL: 2500 MHz to 2570 MHz; DL: 2620 MHz to 2690 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900: 12BTS3900/

BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured with Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L configured

with Ver.D cabinets: 9BTS3900AL: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of

sectors, number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of

RRUs.WD5M26326200RRU for LTE 2600MHz (2x60W,2T4R)RRU3262 working at the 2600 MHz frequency

band:The module has two transmit channels and four receive channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL:

2500 MHz to 2570 MHz; DL: 2620 MHz to 2690 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900:18 (when the BBU is

installed in a rack)12 (when the BBU is installed in the APM30H)For details about the specifications, see Technical

Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at Band 4 (AWS) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section

describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at band 4 (AWS).RFUs Working at Band 4 (AWS)The

following table lists the RFU configuration.RFU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum

QuantityConfiguration PrincipleQCYMAWSRFU01 (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

QCYPAWSRFU01 (used for the BTS3900AL)CRFUd for LTE AWS (2x60 W)RF module working at the AWS

band:The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz;

DL: 2110 MHz to 2155 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet:





72




of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.RRUs

Working at Band 4 (AWS)The following table lists the RRU configuration.RRU

configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5MAW384100RRU for

LTE AWS (4T4R, 2x60W/4x30W)RRU3841 working at the AWS band:It works in 4T4R mode and providesmaximum output power of 2x60 W or 4x30 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2155 MHzIt can

work in LTE mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The


For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.QWEMRRU40200RRU for WCDMA

AWS (60 W)RRU3804 working at the AWS band:UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2155 MHzIt

supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power is 60 W.It can work in UMTS mode.At a DBS3900

site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.QWEMRRU40800RRU for WCDMA/LTE AWS (2x40 W)

RRU3808 working at the AWS band:UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2155 MHzIt can work in

UMTS, LTE, or UL mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site

using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL


output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M21383200RRU3832

for AWS (2x60 W)RRU3832, blade RRU working at the AWS bandThe module has two transmit channels and four

receive channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 1710 MHz to 1755 MHz; DL: 2110 MHz to 2155

MHzIt can work in UMTS, LTE, or UL SDR mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L

site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL


output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at

Band 12 (700 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF

modules working at band 12 (700 MHz frequency band).RRUs Working at Band 12 (700 MHz Frequency Band)The following table lists RRU configurations.RRU configurationsModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum

QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M07LRRU00RRU for LTE 700MHz (2x40W)RRU3203 working at band 12

(700 MHz frequency band):The module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL:

698 MHz to 716 MHz; DL: 728 MHz to 746 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.DBS3900: 12BTS3900/BTS3900A/

BTS3900L: 6BTS3900AL: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors,

number of carriers, and output power.For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF

Modules Working at Band 13 (700 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station This section describes the principles

for configuring RF modules working at band 13 (700 MHz frequency band).RRUs Working at Band 13 (700 MHz

Frequency Band)The following table lists RRU configurations.RRU

configurationsModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M07LRRU01RRU for

LTE 700MHz (2x40W)RRU3201 working at band 13 (700 MHz frequency band):The module has two transmit

channels and its maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 776 MHz to 787 MHz; DL: 746 MHz to 757 MHzIt can

work in LTE mode.BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L: 6BTS3900AL: 9The number of packages to be configured is


Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at Band 20 (800 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900 Series Base Station

This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at 800 MHz.RFUs Working at Band 20

(800 MHz)The following table lists the RFU configuration.RFU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum

QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M08LRFU0E (used for the BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L)

WD5P08LRFU0E (used for the BTS3900AL)LRFU for LTE 800 M (2x60 W)LRFUe working at 800 MHz:The

module has two transmit channels and its maximum output power is 2x60 W.UL: 832 MHz to 862 MHz; DL: 791

MHz to 821 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.BTS3900 cabinet, BTS3900A, or BTS3900L cabinet: 12BTS3900AL

cabinet: 18The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and

output power. For details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RFUs.RRUs Working at Band 20





73



(800 MHz)The following table lists the RRU configuration.RRU configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum

QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5MD8LRRU0ARRU for LTE 800 MHz A (2x40 W)RRU3220 working at

segment A of the 800 MHz band:UL: 832 MHz to 847 MHz; DL: 791 MHz to 806 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.At

a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900C site: 1At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets:

6At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the

specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5MD8LRRU0BRRU for LTE 800 MHz B (2x40 W)

RRU3220 working at segment B of the 800 MHz band:UL: 842 MHz to 862 MHz; DL: 801 MHz to 821 MHzIt can

work in LTE mode.WD5MD8LRRU00RRU for LTE 800 MHz (2x40 W)RRU3222 working at the 800 MHz

frequency band: UL: 832 MHz to 862 MHz; DL: 791 MHz to 821 MHzIt can work in LTE

mode.WD5M08LRRU68RRU for LTE 800 MHz (2x40 W)RRU3268, blade RRU working at the 800 MHz full

band:The maximum output power is 2x40 W.UL: 832 MHz to 847 MHz; DL: 791 MHz to 806 MHzIt can work in

LTE mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site using Ver.B or Ver.C cabinets: 6At a

BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L using Ver.D cabinets: 9At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be


specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF Modules Working at Band 20 (800 MHz) 2014 03 26 3900

Series Base Station This section describes the principles for configuring RF modules working at band 4

(AWS).Configuration of RRUs Working at Band 28 (APT700)The following table lists the RRU configuration.RRU

configurationModelDescriptionFunctionMaximum QuantityConfiguration PrincipleWD5M07LRRU02RRU for

LTE APT700 (2T2R, 2x40 W)RRU3268 working at the APT700 frequency band: It works in 2T2R mode and

provides maximum output power of 2x40 W.UL: 703 MHz to 743 MHzDL: 758 MHz to 798 MHzIt can work in

LTE mode.At a DBS3900 site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number

of packages to be configured is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For

details about the specifications, see Technical Specifications of RRUs.WD5M07LRRU03RRU for LTE APT700

(2T2R, 2x40 W)RRU3268 working at the APT700 frequency band: It works in 2T2R mode and provides maximum

output power of 2x40 W.UL: 718 MHz to 748 MHzDL: 773 MHz to 803 MHzIt can work in LTE mode.At a DBS3900

site: 12At a BTS3900/BTS3900A/BTS3900L site: 6At a BTS3900AL site: 9The number of packages to be configured

is determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power. For details about the specifications,see Technical Specifications of RRUs.RF modules working at Band 28 (700 MHz APT)

4.3.1 AAU Configuration

This section describes the AAU configuration principles.

AAU3910 Configuration

This section describes the AAU3910 configuration principles.

RF Modules Working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)The following table lists configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 2 (1800

MHz).





74



Table 4-45 Configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 2 (1800 MHz)

Model Description Function MaximumQuant

ity


WD7M18MAA

U00

AAU3910

1800MHz

(2T2R, 2x63

dBm), 1710 to

1880 MHz (UL),

1920 to 2170

MHZ/2500 to

2690 (DL)

1.8 A (2T2R)+2.1/2.6 P:

l An RU3938 is used,

which is in 2T2R

mode and provides a

maximum output

power of 2x40 W.

l UL: 1710 to 1785

MHz, DL: 1805 to

1880 MHz

l It can work in LTE

mode.

l It can provide a 4-

port broadband

antenna of 2100

MHz/2600 MHz for

external RRUs and

RFUs.

6 Each sector is

configured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3938, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3938.

RF Modules Working at Band 1 (2100 MHz)

The following table lists configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 1 (2100

MHz).





75





ity


WD7M21WAA

U00

AAU3910 2100

MHz (2T4R,

2x65 dBm),

1920 MHz to

2170MHz (UL),

1710 MHz to

1880 MHz/2500

MHz to 2690

MHZ (DL)

2.1 A (2T4R)+1.8/2.6 P:


which is in 2T4R

mode and provides a

maximum output

power of 2x60 W.

l UL: 1920 MHz to

1980 MHz, DL:

2110 MHz to 2170

MHz

l It can work in UMTS

mode.


port broadband

antenna of 1800

MHz/2600 MHz for

external RRUs and

RFUs.

6 Each sector is

configured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3832, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3832.

RF Modules Working at Band 1 (2600 MHz)

The following table lists configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 1 (2600

MHz).





76





ity


WD7M26LAA

U00

AAU3910 2600

MHz (2T4R,

2x63 dBm),

2500 MHz to

2690MHz (UL),

1710 MHz to

2170MHZ (DL)

2.6 A (2T4R)+PCS/

1.8/2.1/AWS P:


which is in 2T4R

mode and provides a

maximum output

power of 2x40 W.

l UL: 2500 MHz to

2570 MHz, DL:

2620 MHz to 2690MHz


mode.


port broadband

antenna of PCS/1800

MHz/2100 MHz/

AWS for external

RRUs and RFUs.

6 Each sector is

configured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3260, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3260.

WD7M26LAAU01

AAU3910 2600MHz (2T2R,

2x63 dBm),

2500 MHz to

2690MHz (UL),

1710 MHz to

2170MHZ (DL)

2.6 A (2T2R)+PCS/1.8/2.1/AWS P:


which is in 2T4R

mode and provides a

maximum output

power of 2x40 W.

l UL: 2500 MHz to

2570 MHz, DL:

2620 MHz to 2690

MHz


mode.


port broadband

antenna of PCS/1800

MHz/2100 MHz/

AWS for external

RRUs and RFUs.

6 Each sector isconfigured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3268, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3268.





77



RF Modules Working at Band 4 (AWS)

The following table lists configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 4 (AWS).

Table 4-48 Configuration principles for RF modules working at Band 4 (AWS)



WD7MAWSA

AU00

AAU3910

AWS (2T4R,

2x65dBm),

1710 - 1770

MHz/2110 -

2170 MHz

(UL), 1850 -

1990 MHz (DL)

AWS A(2T4R)

+PCS P:

l An RU3832

is used,

which is in

2T4R mode

and provides

a maximumoutput

power of

2x60 W.

l UL: 1710

MHz to 1755

MHz, DL:

2110 MHz to

2155 MHz

l It can work

in UMTS,

LTE, or ULmode.

l It can

provide a 4-

port antenna

of PCS for

external

RRUs or

RFUs.

6 Each sector is

configured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3832, see

technicalspecifications of

the RRU3832.

RF modules working at mixed frequency bands

RUs working at 1800 MHz, 2100 MHz, and 2600 MHz can form 2 A configurations (high-

frequency module in the upper slot and low-frequency module in the lower slot), as listed in the

following table.





78



Table 4-49 Configuration principles for RF modules working at mixed frequency bands



WD7MWMJAAU00

AAU3910 2100MHz+1800

MHz (2T4R,

2x65dBm,

2T2R,

2x63dBm),

1920 MHz to

2170 MHz

(UL), 1710

MHz to 1880

MHz/2500

MHz to 2690

MHz (DL)

2.1 A (2T4R) +1.8 A (2T2R)

An RU3938 is

used as a 1.8 A

RF module:

l It works in

2T2R mode

and provides

a maximum

output

power of

2x40 W.

l UL: 1710

MHz to 1880

MHz, DL:

1710 MHz to

1880 MHz

l It can work

in LTE

mode.

An RU3832 is

used as a 2.1 ARF module:

l The module

has two

transmit

channels and

four receive

channels and

its maximum

output

power is

2x60 W.l UL: 1920

MHz to 1980

MHz, DL:

2110 MHz to

2170 MHz

l It can work

in UMTS

mode.

6 Each sector isconfigured with

an AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3938 and

RU3832, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3938

and RRU3832.





79





WD7MWLJAA

U00

AAU3910 2600

MHz+2100MHz (2T4R,

2x63 dBm,

2T4R, 2x65

dBm), 2500

MHz to 2690

MHz (UL),

1710 MHz to

2170 MHz (DL)

2.6 A (2T4R) +

2.1 A (2T4R)An RU3832 is

used as a 2.1 A

RF module:

l The module

has two

transmit

channels and

four receive

channels and

its maximum

output power is

2x60 W.

l UL: 1920

MHz to 1980

MHz, DL:

2110 MHz to

2170 MHz

l It can work

in UMTS

mode.

An RU3260 is

used as the 2.6 A

RF module.

l It works in

2T4R mode

and provides

a maximum

output

power of

2x40 W.

l

UL: 2500MHz to 2570

MHz, DL:

2620 MHz to

2690 MHz

l It can work

in LTE

mode.

6 Each sector is

configured withan AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3832 and

RU3260, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3832

and RRU3260.





80





WD7MLMJAA

U00

AAU3910 2600

MHz+1800MHz (2T4R,

2x63 dBm,

2T2R, 2x63

dBm), 2500

MHz to 2690

MHz (UL),

1710 MHz to

2170 MHz (DL)

2.6 A (2T4R) +

1.8 A (2T2R)An RU3938 is

used as a 1.8 A

RF module:

l It works in

2T2R mode

and provides

a maximum

output

power of

2x40 W.

l UL: 1710MHz to 1880

MHz, DL:

1710 MHz to

1880 MHz

l It can work

in LTE

mode.

An RU3260 is

used as the 2.6 A

RF module.

l It works in

2T4R mode

and provides

a maximum

output

power of

2x40 W.

l UL: 2500

MHz to 2570

MHz, DL:

2620 MHz to2690 MHz

l It can work

in LTE

mode.

6 Each sector is

configured withan AAU.

For carrier

power

specifications of

the RU3938 and

RU3260, see

technical

specifications of

the RRU3938

and RRU3260.

AAU3902 Configuration

This section describes configuration principles and typical configurations of an AAU3902.





81



AAU3902 Configuration Principles

The AAU3902 configuration principles are as follows:

l Each sector needs to be configured with an AAU3902. The number of RF modules is

determined by the number of sectors, number of carriers, and output power.

l The AAU3902 is an antenna with horizontal beamwidth of 65°, and therefore does not

apply to an omni-directional site.

l In sector splitting scenarios, the 4RXD mode (1T4R/2T4R/4T4R) is not supported.

Therefore, the configuration of six sectors is not supported.

l In non-sector-splitting scenarios:

– One AAU3902 supports a sector with horizontal beamwidth of 65°.

– An RU44-2.1Ga supports a maximum of eight 1T2R carriers or four 2T2R or 2T4R

carriers.

lIn sector splitting scenarios:– If a sector is split vertically, an AAU3902 supports two sectors, each with a horizontal

beamwidth of 65 degrees,

– and an RU44-2.1Ga supports a maximum of four 1T2R carriers or four 2T2R carriers.

It does not support 1T4R and 2T4R carriers.

l An AAU3902 with one active unit can be converted to support two active units. For

example,

– an 1800 MHz RU44 can be added to an AAU3902 with the 2100 A+(790 to 960) P

+(1710 to 2690) P configuration to support the 2100 A+1800 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710

to 2690) P configuration,

– or a 2600 MHz RU44 can be added to convert the AAU3902 so that the AAU3902supports the 2100 A+2600 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to 2690) P configuration.

NOTE

a: In 4RX mode, the WBBPb and WBBPd only support small specifications, and they do not support CPRI

MUX. Therefore, the WBBPf is recommended for an RU44 of 2.1 GHz in 4RX mode.

Typical configurations of an AAU3902

The following table lists the typical configurations of an AAU3902.

Table 4-50 Typical configurations of an AAU3902

Typical Configurations MU02 RU44-2.1G

RU44-1.8G

PU22

CU02

Supporting Version

2100 A+(790 to 960) P

+(1710 to 2690) P

1 1 0 1 1 SRAN8.0

2100 A+ 1800 A+ (790 to

960) P+ (1710 to 2690) P

1 1 1 1 0 SRAN9.0

1800 A+(790 to 960) P

+(1710 to 2690) P

1 0 1 1 0 SRAN9.0





82



The typical configuration of an AAU3902 is 2100 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to 2690) P. Its

package contains an RU44 of 2100 MHz. It can connect to a high-frequency RRU/RFU and a

low-frequency RRU/RFU. The following table lists the configurations.

Table 4-51 Principles for configuring an AAU3902

BOMCode

Model Description



02310TJ

D

WD7MR44

M0200

2100 A

+(790 to

960) P

+(1710 to

2690) P

AAU3902

RU44-2100

MHz (2x63

dBm), 790

MHz to 960

MHz, 1710MHz to 2690

MHz

6 The number of

packages to be

configured is

determined by the

number of sectors,

number of carriers,and output power.

A package consists

of an AU02V, an

RU44-2.1G, an

MU02, a PU22,

and a CU.

Typical AAU3902 Conversion

An AAU3902 with one active unit can be converted to support two active units. For example,

an 1800 MHz RU44 can be added to an AAU3902 with the 2100 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to

2690) P configuration to convert the AAU3902 so that the AAU3902 supports the 2100 A+1800

A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to 2690) P configuration, or a 2600 MHz RU44can be added to convert

the AAU3902 so that the AAU3902 supports the 2100 A+2600 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to

2690) P configuration. The following figure shows the conversion. The following figure shows

the conversion.





83



Figure 4-1 AAU3902 conversion

4.3.2 Power Module

This section describes configuration principles for the power modules used by 3900 series base

stations.

BTS3900

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in a BTS3900.





84



Table 4-52 Principles for configuring power modules in a BTS3900

Model Description


ity


DCDU03B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

A

DCDU-03B

provides

three 12 A

and six 20 A

DC power

outputs.

1 l Optional.

l The DCDU-03B provides

power for low-power RRUs. It

cannot provide power for high-

power RRUs, including

RRU3829, RRU3929,

RRU3942, RRU3841,

RRU3961, RRU3832,

RRU3939, and RRU3839.

l Each DCDU provides 6x20 A+3x12 A power outputs.

l Each DCDU can provide

power for a maximum of 6 DC

RRUs. Two RRU3004

modules in the same sector are

considered as one RRU.

DCDU11B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-11B). It

provides ten

25 A DC

power

inputs.

1 l Optional.

l The DCDU-11B is required in

a macro+distributed base

station.

l Each DCDU supports ten 25 A

power output ports, among

which six ports use big tool-

less female connectors (pressfit

type) and four ports use small

tool-less female connectors

(pressfit type).



RRUs. Two RRU3004







85



Model Description



TD1MDCD

U12B0

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-12

B). This

module is

used in DC

cabinets and

provides ten

30 A circuit

breakers.

1 l Optional.



station.

l Each DCDU provides ten 30 A

circuit breakers (using six

EPC5 connectors and four

EPC4 or EPC6 connectors).

W0ACPSU0

0

PSU Module

(AC/DC),

30A

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.

1 l It is optionally configured in

AC cabinets of Ver.B.

l In AC power supply scenarios,

the original power supply

system contains two PSUs.

When more than two PSUs are

required, one or more PSU

packages need to be

configured.

l Each package contains a PSU.

WPSU50A01 PSU Module

(AC/DC), 50

A

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.


AC cabinets of Ver.C.

l The power supply capacity of a

PSU is 2900 W. The number of

PSUs to be configured depends

on the total power

consumption.

l In AC input scenarios, the

power system contains two

PSUs by default and a

maximum of one PSU can beadded to each single cabinet.





86



Model Description



WD2MR485

0G00

PSU module

(AC/DC)

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.


AC cabinets of Ver.D.




on the total power

consumption.


power equipment houses two

PSUs by default, and a

maximum of three PSUs can beadded to a cabinet.

W0DCPSU0

0

PSU Module

(DC/DC)

Power

module,

used for

converting

+24 V DC

power to -48

V DC

power.


Ver.B cabinets supplied with

+24 V DC power.

l In +24 V DC input scenarios,

the power equipment houses

two PSUs by default, and this

module needs to be configured

when more than two PSUs are

required. A maximum of two

PSUs can be added to a cabinet.

l Each package contains one

PSU.

WD2M000P

EU03

-48V Power

and

Environmen

t interface

Unit

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

360 W

power for

boards in aBBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

2 l Optional.

l One UPEUc is configured in a

BBU3900 by default. One

more UPEUc is required if the

total power consumption of

boards in the BBU3900 is more

than 360 W or the BBU3900

requires power backup of less

than 360 W.

l The second UPEU occupies the

same slot as the UEIU. If this

UPEU is configured, the

default UEIU cannot be

configured for the BBU.





87



Model Description



WD2M00PE

IUD2

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit(-48V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports

and applies

only to

BBU3910.

2 l Optional.

l One UPEUd is configured in a


more UPEUd is required if the





than 650 W.

l If a second UPEU, which

occupies the same slot as theUEIU, is configured, the UEIU

does not need to be configured

in the BBU.

BTS3900L

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in a BTS3900L.





88



Table 4-53 Principles for configuring power modules in a BTS3900L

Model Description


ity


DCDU03B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

A

DCDU-03B

provides

three 12 A

and six 20 A

DC power

outputs.

1 l Optional.





RRU3829, RRU3929,

RRU3942, RRU3841,

RRU3961, RRU3832,





RRUs. Two RRU3004



DCDU11B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-11B). It provides

ten 25 A DC

power

inputs.

1 l Optional.



station.







(pressfit type).



RRUs. Two RRU3004



TD1MDCD

U12B0

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-12B

). It provides

ten 30 A

circuit

breakers.

1 l Optional.



station.









89



Model Description



WD2MR485

0G00

PSU module

(AC/DC)

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.






on the total power

consumption.




maximum of three PSUs can beadded to a cabinet.

WD2M000P

EU03

-48V Power

and

Environmen

t interface

Unit

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

360 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

2 l Optional.








than 360 W.


occupies the same slot as the

UEIU, is configured, the UEIU


in the BBU.





90



Model Description



WD2M00PE

IUD2

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit(-48V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm

ports.It

applies only

to the

BBU3910.

2 l Optional.








than 650 W.




in the BBU.

BTS3900A

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900A.





91



Table 4-54 Principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900A

Model Description


ity


DCDU03B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

A

DCDU-03B

provides

three 12 A

and six 20 A

DC power

outputs.

1 l Optional.





RRU3829, RRU3929,

RRU3942, RRU3841,

RRU3961, RRU3832,





RRUs. Two RRU3004



DCDU11B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-11B). It

provides ten

25 A DC

power

inputs.

1 l Optional.



station.







(pressfit type).



RRUs. Two RRU3004



TD1MDCD

U12B0

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-12

B). It

provides ten

30 A circuit

breakers.

1 l Optional.



station.









92



Model Description



W0ACPSU0

0

PSU Module

(AC/DC), 30

A

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.

A

maxim

um of

one

piece

can be

configu

red.

l It is optionally configured in

AC cabinets of Ver.B.




maximum of one PSU can be

added to each single cabinet.

l A PSU provides a power

supply of 1600 W. The actual

configuration quantity depends

on the total power consumptionof the equipment. One

additional PSU is required at

sites where a diesel generator is

used.

WPSU50A01 PSU Module

(AC/DC), 50

A

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC power.

A

maxim

um of

one

piece

can be

configured.


AC cabinets of Ver.C.




maximum of one PSU can be

added to each single cabinet.



quantity to be configured

depends on the total power

consumption of the equipment.

One additional PSU is required

at sites where a diesel generator

is used.





93



Model Description



WD2MR485

0G00

PSU module

(AC/DC)

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.

A

maxim

um of

three

pieces

can be

configu

red.






maximum of three PSUs can be

added to a cabinet.



quantity to be configured

depends on the total power consumption of the equipment.

Each AC cabinet is configured

with at least three PSUs

(including the two PSUs in the

original power system) at a site

where a diesel generator is

used.

WD2M000P

EU03

-48V Power

and

Environmen

t interfaceUnit

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU, providing

360 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

2 l Optional.








than 360 W.





in the BBU.





94



Model Description



WD2M00PE

IUD2

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit(-48V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm

ports.It

applies only

to the

BBU3910.

2 l Optional.








than 650 W.




in the BBU.

BTS3900AL

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900AL.





95



Table 4-55 Principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900AL

Model Description


ity


WD2P000PE

U00

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit (-48 V)

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

360 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

2 l Optional.








than 360 W.

l If a second UPEU, whichoccupies the same slot as the



in the BBU.

WD2P00PE

UD00

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit (-48 V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports

and applies

only to

BBU3910.

2 l Optional.





boards in the BBU3910 is morethan 650 W or the BBU3910


than 650 W.





in the BBU.





96



Model Description



WD2MR485

0G00

PSU Module

(AC/DC), 50

A

Power

supply

module,

used for

converting

AC power to

-48 V DC

power.

A

maxim

um of

five

pieces

can be

configu

red.

l Optional components in the

AC cabinet




on the total power

consumption.

l In AC power supply scenarios,

the original power supply

system contains two PSUs, and

a maximum of five PSUs can be added to a cabinet.

l Each AC cabinet is configured

with at least three PSUs

(including the two PSUs in the

original power system) at a site

where a diesel generator is

used.

DCDU12BP

AC00

DC Power

Distribution

Unit (AC

Cabinet)

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-12

B). This

module is

used in an

AC cabinet

and provides

ten 30 A

circuit

breakers.

2 l Optional.

l When a BTS3900AL AC

cabinet is configured with DCRRUs, a DCDU-12B is

required for every six DC

RRUs.





DCDU12BP

DC00

DC Power

DistributionUnit (DC

Cabinet)

DC power

distribution box

(DCDU-12

B). It is used

in DC

cabinets and

provides ten

30 A circuit

breakers.

2 l Optional.

l When a BTS3900AL DCcabinet is configured with DC

RRUs, a DCDU-12B is

required for every six DC

RRUs.









97



DBS3900

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in the DBS3900.

Table 4-56 Principles for configuring power modules in the DBS3900

Model Description



DCDU03B00

000

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-03

B)

3 l Optional.

l The DCDU-03B can be used if

the site is not configured with

RRU3829, RRU3929,

RRU3942, RRU3841,

RRU3961, RRU3832,RRU3939, or RRU3839.

l Each DCDU provides 6x20 A

+3x12 A power outputs.

l Each DCDU-03B can provide


RRUs. Two RRU3004



DCDU11B00

000

DC power

distributionunit

DC power

distribution box

(DCDU-11

B). It

provides ten

25 A DC

power

outputs.

Each DCDU

supports a

maximum of

six groups of

power cables

for DC

RRUs.

3 l Optional.

l The DCDU-11B can be used if the site is configured with

RRU3829, RRU3929,

RRU3942, RRU3841,

RRU3961, RRU3832,

RRU3939, or RRU3839.






tool-less female connectors(pressfit type).



RRUs. Two RRU3004







98



Model Description



TD1MDCD

U12B0

DC power

distribution

unit

DC power

distribution

box

(DCDU-12

B). Each

DCDU

provides ten

30 A circuit

breakers.

3 l Optional.



RRUs. Two RRU3004







WD5PMPW

80000

AC/DC

RRU power

module

AC/DC

RRU power

module

- l Optional.

l When an AC RRU consists of

an RRU3824/RRU3826/

RRU3929/RRU3926/

RRU3936/RRU3838/

RRU3832/RRU3260/

RRU3268/RRU3938/

RRU3939 and an AC/DC

module, this module must be

quoted. Each AC RRU is

configured with one of this

module.

l WD5PMPW80000 is replaced

by WD5PACDCPM00.

WD5PACDC

PM00

AC/DC

RRU power

module

AC/DC

power

module for a

blade RRU

-

WD2M000P

EU03

-48V Power

and

Environmen

t interface

Unit

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

360 W

power for

boards in aBBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

2 l Optional.







requires power backup of lessthan 360 W.





in the BBU.





99



Model Description



WD2M00PE

IUD2

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit (-48 V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports

and applies

only to

BBU3910.

2 l Optional.








than 650 W.




in the BBU.

BTS3900C

The following table lists the principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900C.





100



Table 4-57 Principles for configuring power modules in the BTS3900C

Model Description


ity


WD2P000PE

U01

-48V Power

and

Environmen

t interface

Unit

UPEUc,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

360 W

power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports.

1 l Optional.








than 360 W.

l If a second UPEU, whichoccupies the same slot as the



in the BBU.

WD2P00PE

UD01

Power and

Environmen

t interface

Unit (-48 V)

UPEUd,

power

module in

the BBU,

providing

650 W power for

boards in a

BBU. In

addition, it

provides

eight

external dry

contact

alarm ports

and applies

only to

BBU3910.

1 l Optional.





boards in the BBU3910 is morethan 650 W or the BBU3910


than 650 W.





in the BBU.

4.3.3 RET Module Configurations

The following table lists the configurations of an RET module.





101



Table 4-58 Configurations of an RET module

ExternalModel

Description Function MaximumQuant

ity


GM5M00GAT

M00

Antenna and

TMA Control

Unit

RET antenna

and TMA

control module

GSM board

2 This module is

configured when

DRFUs have been

configured for GSM

mode and a TMA or

RET antenna is in use.

When DRFUs are

configured at a site and

the TMA function is

required, the GATM

must be configured.

Each GATM supplies

power to six BiasTees.

When DRFUs are

configured at a site and

the RET antenna is

required, the GATM

must be configured.

Each GATM supplies

power to three BiasTees.

NOTE

In GSM mode, a common TMA cannot be used with an RET antenna, because the overcurrent of RET

antenna adjustment will mistakenly cause a TMA alarm. GBSS12.0 supports a smart TMA which can be

used with an RET antenna.

4.3.4 Equipment and Product Auxiliary Material Configuration

This section describes the principles for configuring the installation and site auxiliary materials.

Installation Auxiliary Materials

This section describes the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials used for installing

3900 series base stations.

Transmission Cables/Packages

The following table lists transmission cables and transmission packages for 3900series base

stations.





102



Table 4-59 Installation auxiliary materials for 3900series base stations

Model Description MaximumQuantity


QWMP0004E100 Trunk Cable (75ohm, 4 E1, 10 m)

- l It needs to beconfigured when

75-ohm E1

transmission or

E1 line clock is

required.

l One piece is

configured for

every four E1s.

QWMP0004E101 Trunk Cable (120

ohm, 4 E1, 10 m)

- l It needs to be

configured when

120-ohm E1

transmission or

E1 line clock is

required.

l One piece is

configured for

every four E1s.

QWMP0000FE00 Ethernet Cable - l It needs to be

configured when

FE/GE electrical

ports are used.

l One piece is

configured for

every FE/GE.

LTIP000FBR00 Optical Fiber - l It needs to be

configured when

FE/GE optical

ports are used.

l One piece is

configured for

every FE/GE(only configured

for Ver.B or

Ver.C cabinets).





103





QWMP0000FE02 Optical Fiber (FE/

STM-1)

- l It needs to be

configured whenFE/

STM-1optical

ports are used.

l One piece is

configured for

every FE/STM-1

(only configured

for Ver.D

cabinets).

QWMP0000GE00 Optical Fiber(GE) - l It needs to be

configured when

GE optical ports

are used.

l One piece is

configured for

every GE (only

configured for

Ver.D cabinets).

Jumper Packages

The following table lists jumper packages for 3900series base stations.



QWMP000JMP00 Top Jumper Cable

Unit for RFU

- l Each antenna is

configured with

one package

when the base

station uses

RFUs.

l The number of

packages is

determined by the

number of

antennas(1).





104






Unit for RRU

- l Each antenna in a

distributed basestation is

configured with

one package of

the jumpers,

which are used in

common areas.

l The number of

packages is

determined by the

number of

antennas(1)

.


Unit for RRU

- l Each antenna in a

distributed base

station is

configured with

one package of

the jumpers,

which are used in

cold areas.

l The number of

packages is

determined by the

number of

antennas(1).

NOTE

(1) When 4-way receive diversity is used, the number of antennas to be configured is twice of that used in

other scenarios.

Installation Packages for BBU Interconnection

The following table lists installation packages for BBU interconnection of 3900series base

stations.





105





WD5PUCIUIM00 UCIU

InterconnectingMaterials (Internal

Cabinet)

1 Optional for the

BTS3900L/BTS3900AL. This

package is required

when BBUs are

interconnected using

UCIUs.

WD5PUCIUIM01 UCIU

Interconnecting

Materials (Internal

Cabinet)

1 Optional for the

BTS3900/

BTS3900A/

DBS3900. This

package is required

when BBUs areinterconnected using

UCIUs.

QWECUMPTIC02 UMPT

Interconnection

Cable, 2.0 m

1 Optional. This

package is required

for BBU

interconnection by

using the UMPTs.

This package is used

when two BBUs are

installed in the same

cabinet.

QWECUMPTIC05 UMPT

Interconnection

Cable, 5.0 m

1 Optional. This

package is required

for BBU

interconnection by

using the UMPTs.

This package is used

when the BBUs are

installed in different

cabinets.

RRU Virtual Installation Packages

The following table lists the RRU virtual installation packages.





106





QWMPRRUINS01 RRU Installation

Materials

- l Optional.

Differentauxiliary material

packages are

selected for

multimode and

single-mode fiber

optic cables.

l It is used for the

following RRUs:

RRU3004,

RRU3008,

RU3801E,

RRU3804,

RRU3806,

RRU3808,

RRU3201,

RRU3203,

RRU3220, and

RRU3222.

l Each RRU is

configured with

one package,

which includes

the RRU power

cable, RRU fiber

optical cable, and

CPRI optical

module.


Materials(Single

Mode)

-


Materials, B

- l Optional.

Different

auxiliary material

packages are

selected for

multimode andsingle-mode fiber

optic cables.

l These packages

are required for

the RRU3908/

RRU3928/

RRU3929/

RRU3828/

RRU3829/

RRU3926





107






Materials(SingleMode)

- providing a 2.5

Gbit/s CPRI port.l Each RRU is

configured with

one package,

which includes

the RRU power

cable, RRU fiber

optical cable, and

CPRI optical

module.


Materials

- l Optional. A

maximum CPRI

data rate of 4.9

Gbit/s is

supported.

Different

auxiliary material

packages are

selected for

multimode and

single-mode fiber optic cables.

l Each RRU3240/

RRU3942/

RRU3841 is

configured with

one package.

l Each RRU other

than the

preceding is

configured with





108






Materials(SingleMode)

- one package

when the RRUuses a 4.9 Gbit/s

CPRI data rate.

RRU Power Cable Installation Package

The following table lists the RRU power cable installation packages.





109





QW7PRRUCAP01 DBS3900, RRU

Cable Package (≤

50m)

1 l Optional. Each

DC RRU3936/RRU3824/

RRU3826/

RRU3838/

RRU3832/

RRU3268/

RRU3260/

RRU3938/

RRU3939/

RRU3839 is

configured with

one package,

which includes

DC RRU power

cables and PGND

cables.

l This package

applies to the

BTS3900/

BTS3900L/

BTS3900A/

DBS3900.

QW7PRRUCAP00 RRU Cable Package(≤ 100 m)

- l Optional. EachRRU is

configured with

one package.

l This package

applies to the

BTS3900AL.

QW7PAAUCAP01 RU Cable Package

for AAU (≤ 100 m)

- Optional. Each RU is

configured with one

package, which

includes the DC RU

power cable and

ground cable.

RRU CPRI Installation Material Package

The CPRI optical transmission material packages apply to an RRU3936/RRU3824/RRU3826/

RRU3838/RRU3832/RRU3268/RRU3260/RRU3938/RRU3939/RRU3839 and RU3260/

RU3268/RU3832.





110



l The 2.5 Gbit/s or 4.9 Gbit/s CPRI installation material package is optionally configured

according to the application scenario and port rate of an RRU/RU.

l The multimode or single-mode material package is configured according to the type of the

CPRI fiber optic cable.

The following table lists the RRU CPRI installation material packages.



WD5P25CPRI02 DBS3900, CPRI

Optical

Transmission

Materials (2.5 Gbit/

s)

- l Optional. 2.5

Gbit/s CPRI

optical

transmission

material package

for RRUs.

l Each RRU CPRI port is configured

with one package

when the CPRI

port uses a 2.5

Gbit/s data rate.

This package applies

to a BTS3900/

BTS3900L/

BTS3900A/

BTS3900AL/

DBS3900.

WD5P25CPRI01 BTS3900AL, CPRI

Optical

Transmission


s) (Single Mode)

-


Optical

Transmission


s)

- l Optional. 4.9

Gbit/s CPRI

optical

transmission

material package

for RRUs.

l Each RRU CPRI

port is configured

with one package

when the CPRI

port uses a 4.9

Gbit/s data rate.

This package applies

to a BTS3900/

BTS3900L/

BTS3900A/

BTS3900AL/

DBS3900.


Optical

Transmission


s) (Single Mode)

-





111



AAU3902 Auxiliary Installation Materials

The following table lists the AAU3902 auxiliary installation materials.



QW7PAAUCAP00 AAU Power Cable

Package (≤ 100 m)

- One package is configured for

each AAU3902.

The quoted items include the

AAU3902 power cable and

ground cable.


Optical Transmission

Materials (4.9 Gbit/s)


each AAU3902 that uses

multimode optical modules.Each package includes one

fiber optic cable and two

optical modules, which support

a maximum rate of 4.9 Gbit/s.


Optical Transmission


(Single Mode)


each AAU3902 that uses

single-mode optical modules.

Each package includes one

fiber optic cable and two

optical modules, which supporta maximum rate of 4.9 Gbit/s.

Installation Materials for Lampsite

The following table lists the auxiliary material packages for Lampsite installation.



LT1PCOTMDC00 CPRI Optical

Transmission

Materials(Single-

mode, 9.8 Gbit/s)

- l Each RHUB3908 is

configured with one

package when it is

connected to the BBU or

another RHUB3908.

l This package includes two

optical modules and one

optical fiber cable.





112





QWHENTCBIN00 Ethernet Cable(Indoor) - l

Each single-mode pRRU3901 is configured

with one package.

l For UL dual-mode

PRRU3901, one package is

configured for each

pRRU3901 when the LTE

carrier bandwidth

configured for the RRU

does not exceed 10 MHz but

two packages are

configured when the LTE

carrier bandwidth

configured for the RRU

exceeds 10 MHz.

l The package includes the

POE Ethernet cable and

installation package. The

longest Ethernet cable is

100 m.

Materials for a Base Station with an APM30 Ver.D Providing Power for 15 RRUs



QWMPODMINS00 ODM Installation

Materials

1 l One package is configured

for an outdoor DBS3900

configured with an APM30

Ver.D when the number of

RRUs is greater than 12.l This package includes one

ODM, one set of mount kit,

and installation auxiliaries.

l The maximum power

configuration of 15 RRUs is

as follows: 12RRUs (2x60

W)+3RRUs (2x40 W).





113





QWMPOFDOFM00 OFD and OpticalFiber(Multi-mode) 1 l

One package is configuredfor an outdoor DBS3900



optical fiber cables

configured for RRUs is

greater than 21.

l This package includes one

OFD and one piece of 12-

core multimode optical

cable.

l This package is configuredwhen the multimode CPRI

optical fiber cable is

required.

QWMPOFDOFS00 OFD and Optical

Fiber(Single mode)

1 l One package is configured

for an outdoor DBS3900



optical fiber cables

configured for RRUs is

greater than 21.

l This package includes one

OFD and one piece of 12-

core multimode optical

cable.

l This package is configured

when the multimode CPRI

optical fiber cable is

required.

Site Installation Material Package

The following table lists the site installation packages.





114



Table 4-60 Installation Material Package for a Macro Base Station



WD5P0INSMT00 InstallationMaterials for

BTS3900 Ver.B

1 l Optional. Siteinstallation

material package

for the BTS3900

(Ver.B).

l Each site must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-valueinstallation

materials.

QWMP0INSMT06 Installation

Materials for

BTS3900 Ver.C

1 l Optional. Site

installation

material package

for the BTS3900

(Ver.C).

l Each site must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.


Materials for

BTS3900 Ver.D

2 l Optional. Site

installation

material package

for the BTS3900

(Ver.D).l Each BTS3900

(Ver.D) site is

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.





115






Materials for BTS3900 (Ver.D,

220 V)

2 l Optional. Site

installationmaterial package

for a BTS3900

(Ver.D) cabinet

of 220 V AC.

l Each BTS3900

(Ver.D) cabinet

of 220 V AC must

be configured

with one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.


Materials for

BTS3900L Ver.B

1 l Optional. Site

installation

material package

for the

BTS3900L

(Ver.B).

l EachBTS3900AL site

must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.





116






Materials for BTS3900L Ver.C

1 l Optional. Site


for the

BTS3900L

(Ver.C).

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.


Materials for

BTS3900L Ver.D

1 l Optional.

Configured for

the BTS3900L

(Ver.D) cabinet.

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must beconfigured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.





117






Materials for BTS3900L (Ver.D,

220 V)

1 l Optional. Site


for a BTS3900L

(Ver.D) cabinet

of 220 V AC.

l Each BTS3900L

(Ver.D) AC

cabinet must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.

WD5P0INSMT01 Installation

Materials for

BTS3900A

1 l Optional.

Configured for

the BTS3900A

(Ver.C) cabinet.

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must beconfigured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.





118






Materials for BTS3900A Ver.C

1 l Optional.

Configured for the BTS3900A

(Ver.C) cabinet.

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.


Materials for

BTS3900A (Ver.D,

-48VDC)

1 l Optional.

Configured for

the BTS3900A

(Ver.D) cabinet.

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must be

configured with

one package,which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.


Materials for

BTS3900A (Ver.D,

220 V/110 V AC)

1

WD5P0INSMT09 Installation

Materials for

BTS3900AL

1 l Optional.

Configured for

the BTS3900AL

cabinet.

l Each

BTS3900AL site

must be

configured with

one package,

which includes

the base,

auxiliary cables,

and low-value

installation

materials.





119






Materials for DBS3900

1 Each site configured

with RFUs andRRUs needs to be

configured with one

package, which

includes the related

cables and low-value

installation auxiliary

materials.

Table 4-61 Site Installation Material Package for a DBS3900 Cabinet



WD5P0INSMT03 Installation Materials

for DBS3900

1 A site where a distributed base

station is deployed is

configured with one package,

which includes the auxiliary

cables and low-value

installation auxiliary materials.

QWMP0INSMT13 OMB CabinetInstallation Materials

(Ver.C, DC)

1 Optional. OMB Ver. C DCcabinet installation material

package. Each OMB Ver.C DC

cabinet is configured with one

package.

QWMP0INSMT09 OMB Cabinet

Installation Materials

(Ver.C, AC)

1 Optional. OMB Ver. C AC

cabinet installation material

package. Each OMB Ver.C AC

cabinet is configured with one

package.

Table 4-62 BTS3900C Installation Auxiliary



QWMP0004E100 Trunk Cable (75

ohm, 4 E1, 10 m)

- It needs to be configured when

75-ohm E1 transmission or E1

line clock is required. Four E1s

are configured with one piece.





120





QWMP0004E101 Trunk Cable (120ohm, 4 E1, 10 m) - It needs to be configured when120-ohm E1 transmission or E1

line clock is required. Four E1s

are configured with one piece.

QWMP0000FE00 Ethernet Cable - When the FE/GE electrical port

is used, each FE/GE is

configured with one piece.

QWMP0000FE02 Optical Fiber (FE/

STM-1)

- One piece is configured for

each FE/STM-1 optical port

when the FE/STM-1 optical

port is used. FE/STM-1 opticalfiber cables work with only

BTS3900C Ver.C cabinets.

QWMP0000GE00 Optical Fiber(GE) - One piece is configured for

each GE optical port when the

GE optical port is used. GE

optical fiber cables work with

only BTS3900C Ver.C

cabinets.


Unit for RRU

- Each antenna in a distributed

base station is configured with

one package of the jumpers,

which are used in common

areas.

In the case of 4-way RX

diversity or RRU working in

back-up mode, the number of

jumpers doubles.


Unit for RRU

- Each antenna in a distributed

base station is configured with

one package of the jumpers,

which are used in cold areas.

In the case of 4-way RX

diversity or RRU working in

back-up mode, the number of

jumpers doubles.

WD5P25CPRI10 CPRI Optical

Transmission


- Multimode optical

transmission material package

for RRUs with 2.5 Gbit/s CPRI

rate, which is optional. One

package is configured for each

2.5 Gbit/s CPRI port.





121





WD5P49CPRI10 CPRI OpticalTransmission


- Multimode opticaltransmission material package

for RRUs with 4.9 Gbit/s CPRI

rate, which is optional. One

package is configured for each

4.9 Gbit/s CPRI port.

WD5PINSMTAC0 Installation Materials

for BTS3900C AC

Cabinet

1 Optional. Site installation

material package for a

BTS3900C AC cabinet. One

package must be configured for

each BTS3900C AC cabinet.

WD5PINSMTDC0 Installation Materials

for BTS3900C DC

Cabinet

1 Optional, site installation

material package for a

BTS3900C DC cabinet. One

package must be configured for

each BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Auxiliary Materials on the Site

This section describes the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on the sites of

3900series base stations.

BTS3900 or BTS3900L

The following table lists the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials for a BTS3900 or

BTS3900L site.

Table 4-63 Principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on a BTS3900 or BTS3900L site

Model Description Maximum

Quantity

Configuration

PrincipleWD2DGPSSAF00 GPS Antenna 1 One package is

configured when a

GPS antenna is

required.

WD2DGPSSAF01 GPS Satellite

Antenna/Feeder

System

1 One package is

configured when the

required GPS feeder

is longer than 50 m

and is shorter than or

equal to 100 m.





122





GM1X00IDDF01 Embedded DDF Box

(75 ohm, 8 E1)

- l If the 75 ohm

DDF needs to be provided by

Huawei, it is

recommended

that each indoor

site be configured

with one piece.

l Each package

supports 8E1s.

GM1X00IDDF02 Embedded DDF Box

(120 ohm, 8 E1)

- l If the 120 ohm

DDF needs to be

provided by

Huawei, it is

recommended

that each indoor

site be configured

with one piece.

l Each package

supports 8E1s.

QW7PRRUCEP02 RRU Cable

Extension Package

(50 m to 100 m)

- Optional. The

package is

configured when thedistance between the

BBU and RRUs is

longer than 50 m and

is shorter than 100 m.

Each RRU that meets

the condition is

configured with one

package.


Extension Package

(100 m to 150 m)

- Optional. The

package is

configured when thedistance between the

BBU and RRUs is

longer than 100 m

and is shorter than

150 m. Each RRU

that meets the

condition is

configured with one

package.





123





E000ICL00 Indoor Cable Ladder

(2.5 m)

- This package is

configured for sitedeployment

according to the

actual requirement.

WDCDBOX01 Outdoor Cable

Ladder (2.5 m)

- This package is

configured for site

deployment

according to the

actual requirement.

EFEDWID01 Thru-Wall

Encapsuled WiringWindow

l This package is

configured for site deployment

according to the

actual

requirement.

l A maximum of

one package can

be configured for

each site.

E000IGU00 Grounding Unit 2 l Each indoor site

is configured

with one ground bar. When the

antenna is

provided by

Huawei, each site

is configured

with two ground

bars.

l Optional. This

package is

configured

according to therequirements for

a new base

station. One

package is

configured for

each outdoor site

by default.





124





GM1E00IEMU01 Embedded

EnvironmentMonitoring Unit

1 One piece is

configured for anindoor site where

there are 17 to 32

Boolean alarm

inputs.

QW7MEMUKIT01 Environment

Monitoring Unit

(with sensors)

1 l One piece is

configured if the

environment

(such as the liquid

level, smoke,

door status,

temperature, andhumidity) of the

equipment room

needs to be

monitored.

l It can support 32

Boolean alarm

inputs.

l GM1E00IEMU0

1 is not required

when this

package isconfigured.

GM1X0DNSPE01 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit

1 Optional, UK-

specific. Configured

for a site where there

are 17 to 32 Boolean

alarm inputs.

The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.

WD2M00EEUM01 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit

1





125





AANTIFLTER01 Anti-Interference

Filter, Dual_band pass, RX: 824 to 849

MHz, TX: 869 to 894

MHz, 851 to 856

MHz, 856 to 860

MHz, 898.5 to 915

MHz, 0.9(824 to

846.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(846.5 to 848 MHz),

1.9 dB(848 to 849

MHz), 0.9 dB(869 to

891.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(891.5 to 894 MHz),

54 dB, double, DIN

female, Outdoor, DC

Pass

- l This filter applies

only to a basestation working at

the 850 MHz

frequency.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

from the 800

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of antenna is

configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





126






Filter, dual_band pass filter, RX: 880

to 905 MHz, TX: 925

to 950 MHz, 869 to

878.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40

dB, double unit, 7/16

DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 880

to 905 MHz, TX:

925 to 950 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is

configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





127







to 910 MHz, TX: 930

to 955 MHz, 869 to

883.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 885

to 910 MHz, TX:

930 to 955 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is

configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





128







to 915 MHz, TX: 935

to 960 MHz, 869 to

888.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX:0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass

l This filter applies


the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is

configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





129






Filter, dual_band pass filter, RX: 895.8

to 915 MHz, TX: 940

to 960MHz, 869 to

894 MHz, RX: 1.7

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is

configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





130





ATMAKIT00 TMA(No AISG)

Auxiliary MaterialsKit (TMA not

included), GU

- l Auxiliary


for an anti-

interference

filter. An

auxiliary

installation

material package

must be

configured for

each anti-

interference

filter.

l If the filter is

provided by the

customer or

purchased

locally, this item

must be manually

removed from the

quotation list.

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The following table lists the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials for a BTS3900A

or BTS3900AL site.

Table 4-64 Principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on a BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, or

BTS3900C site


Quantity

Configuration

Principle

WD2DGPSSAF00 GPS Antenna 1 One package is

configured when a

GPS antenna is

required.


Antenna/Feeder

System

1 One package is

configured when the

required GPS feeder

is longer than 50 m


equal to 100 m.





131





QW7P00EDDF00 Embedded DDF Box

(75 ohm, 8 E1)

1 Optional. One

package isconfigured for a new

outdoor macro base

station.

E00EDDF02 Embedded DDF Box

(120 ohm, 8 E1)

1 Optional. One

package is

configured for a new

outdoor macro base

station.


Extension Package(50 m to 100 m)

- Optional. The

package isconfigured when the

distance between the

BBU and RRUs is



Each RRU that meets

the condition is

configured with one

package.



- Optional. The



BBU and RRUs is

longer than 100 m

and is shorter than

150 m. Each RRU

that meets the

condition is

configured with one

package.

WDCDBOX01 Outdoor CableLadder (2.5 m)

1 Optional. It isconfigured according

to the requirements

for a new distributed

base station.





132





E000IGU00 Grounding Unit 1 Optional. This

package isconfigured according

to the requirements

for a new base

station. One package

is configured for

each outdoor site by

default.

GM5X00SLPU00 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit (1 to

16 Boolean Alarm)

1 It is configured for an

outdoor macro base

station that needs to

collect 1 to 16Boolean alarm

inputs.


Environment

Monitoring Unit

1 Optional.

Configured in an

outdoor macro base

station when 17 to 32

Boolean alarms are

required.

The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.


Environment

Monitoring Unit

1


Environment

Monitoring Unit

1 Optional, UK-

specific. Configured

for a site where there


alarm inputs.

The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.


Environment

Monitoring Unit

1





133





WD2K000EIK01 Outdoor Adjusted

Plinth (Width 600mm)

- Outdoor Adjusted

Plinth (OAP600) for a cabinet used by the

BTS3900A, which is

optional. The

OAP600 is

configured in

outdoor scenarios

with rails. The

distance between

rails can be adjusted

from 535 mm to 750

mm.

By default, one

OAP600 is

configured for each

RFC, either a stacked

cabinet or a

standalone RFC.

WD2K000EIK02 Outdoor Adjusted

Plinth (Width 800

mm)

- Optional. OAP800,

used for installing a

BTS3900AL cabinet

on outdoor steel rails.

l The OAP800'swidth ranges

from 480 mm to

780 mm. Its depth

ranges from 500

mm to 750 mm.

l Each

BTS3900AL is

delivery with one

OAP800 by

default.





134







MHz, TX: 869 to 894

MHz, 851 to 856

MHz, 856 to 860

MHz, 898.5 to 915

MHz, 0.9(824 to

846.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(846.5 to 848 MHz),

1.9 dB(848 to 849

MHz), 0.9 dB(869 to

891.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(891.5 to 894 MHz),

54 dB, double, DIN

female, Outdoor, DC

Pass

-l This filter applies


the 850MHz

frequency.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

from the 800

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit


configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





135







to 905 MHz, TX: 925

to 950 MHz, 869 to

878.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 880

to 905 MHz, TX:

925 to 950 MHz.

l It is used onlywhen the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is

configured withone such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





136







to 910 MHz, TX: 930

to 955 MHz, 869 to

883.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 885

to 910 MHz, TX:

930 to 955 MHz.


RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is


and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





137







to 915 MHz, TX: 935

to 960 MHz, 869 to

888.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX:0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna isconfigured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





138







to 915 MHz, TX: 940

to 960MHz, 869 to

894 MHz, RX: 1.7

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of


one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





139







included), GU

-l Auxiliary


for an anti-

interference

filter. An

auxiliary

installation

material package

must be

configured for

each anti-

interference

filter.

l If the filter is

provided by the

customer or

purchased

locally, this item

must be manually

removed from the

quotation list.

DBS3900

The following table lists the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on a DBS3900

site.

Table 4-65 Principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on a DBS3900 site


Quantity

Configuration

Principle

WD2DGPSSAF00 GPS Antenna 1 One package is

configured when a

GPS antenna is

required.


Antenna/Feeder

System

1 One package is

configured when the

required GPS feeder

is longer than 50 m


equal to 100 m.





140





QW7P00EDDF00 Embedded DDF Box

(75 ohm, 8 E1)

1 Optional. One

package isconfigured for each

newly deployed

distributed base

station.

E00EDDF02 Embedded DDF Box

(120 ohm, 8 E1)

1 Optional. One

package is

configured for each

newly deployed

distributed base

station.

E000IGU00 Grounding Unit 2 l Each indoor site

is configured

with one ground

bar. When the

antenna is

provided by

Huawei, each site

is configured

with two ground

bars.

l Each site is

configured with

one or two pieces

if needed.


Extension Package

(50 m to 100 m)

- Optional. The

package is

configured when the


BBU and RRUs is



Each RRU that meetsthe condition is

configured with one

package.





141







- Optional. The



BBU and RRUs is

longer than 100 m

and is shorter than

150 m. Each RRU

that meets the

condition is

configured with one

package.

E000ICL00 Indoor Cable Ladder (2.5 m)

- Optional. The package is

configured as

required if the BBU

is installed indoors in

a new distributed

base station.

WDCDBOX01 Outdoor Cable

Ladder (2.5 m)

- Optional. It is

configured according

to the requirements

for a new distributed

base station.

GM5X00SLPU00 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit (1 to

16 Boolean Alarm)

1 It is optionally

configured for a

distributed base

station when the

BBU is installed

outdoors and there

are 1 to 16 Boolean

alarm inputs.



1 It is optionally

configured when theBBU is installed

outdoors in a

distributed base

station and 16 to 32

Boolean inputs need

be monitored. It is

also optional

configured when 1 to

16 Boolean inputs

need be monitored

for a +24 V





142







1 distributed base

station.The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.

QW7MEEMUKIT0 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit

(with sensors)

1 Optional.

Configured when the

BBU is installed

indoors and the

environment (such as

the liquid level,

smoke, door status,

and temperature and

humidity) in the

equipment roomneeds to be

monitored.

It can support 32

Boolean alarm

inputs.

The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.

QW1XEMEUWS00 Embedded

Environment

Monitoring Unit

(with sensors)

1



1 Optional, UK-

specific. Configuredfor a site where there


alarm inputs.

The EMUA will be

replaced with the

EMUB later.


Environment

Monitoring Unit

1





143







MHz, TX: 869 to 894

MHz, 851 to 856

MHz, 856 to 860

MHz, 898.5 to 915

MHz, 0.9(824 to

846.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(846.5 to 848 MHz),

1.9 dB(848 to 849

MHz), 0.9 dB(869 to

891.5 MHz), 1.2 dB

(891.5 to 894 MHz),

54 dB, double, DIN

female, Outdoor, DC

Pass



the 850MHz

frequency.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

from the 800

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit


configured with

one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





144







to 905 MHz, TX: 925

to 950 MHz, 869 to

878.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 880

to 905 MHz, TX:

925 to 950 MHz.


RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is


and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





145







to 910 MHz, TX: 930

to 955 MHz, 869 to

883.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX: 885

to 910 MHz, TX:

930 to 955 MHz.


RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of

antenna is


and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





146







to 915 MHz, TX: 935

to 960 MHz, 869 to

888.5 MHz, RX: 2.1

dB, TX:0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of


one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





147







to 915 MHz, TX: 940

to 960MHz, 869 to

894 MHz, RX: 1.7

dB, TX: 0.4 dB, 40


DIN female,

Outdoor, DC Pass



the 900 MHz

frequency. It is

used when the

carriers of a base

station are

configured as

follows: RX:

895.8 to 915

MHz, TX: 940 to

960 MHz.

l It is used only

when the field

RNP personnel

find interference

of CDMA, GSM

or UMTS signals

from the 850

MHz iDEN band.

l It is a dual-unit

filter. Each set of


one such filter,

and a sector with

four antennas is

configured with

two such filters.





148







included), GU

-l Auxiliary


for an anti-

interference

filter. An

auxiliary

installation

material package

must be

configured for

each anti-

interference

filter.

l If the filter is

provided by the

customer or

purchased

locally, this item

must be manually

removed from the

quotation list.

BTS3900C

The following table lists the principles for configuring the auxiliary materials on a BTS3900C

site.

Table 4-66 Auxiliary materials on a BTS3900C site



E000IGU00 Grounding Unit 1 Optional. This package is

configured according to the

requirements for a new base

station. One package is

configured for each outdoor

site by default.


Antenna/Feeder

System

1 One package is configured

when a GPS antenna is

required.





149





WD2DGPSSAF01 GPS SatelliteAntenna/Feeder

System

1 One package is configuredwhen the required GPS feeder

is longer than 50 m and is

shorter than or equal to 100 m.

4.3.5 Hardware License Configuration

This section describes the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for each type of base

station.

Hardware License Configuration of GSM Base Stations

This section describes the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for GSM base

stations.

The following table lists the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for GSM base

stations.

Table 4-67 Hardware license configuration for GSM base stations

ExternalModel

LicensePackageDescription

Function Configuration Principle

GMMS0

DRFUT0

0

3900 series

DRFU

transceiver

(per TRX)

License for the

TRX of a DRFU

in GSM mode

Each DRFU provides one TRX by default. One

license is configured for each excess TRX.

It applies to DRFUs.

GMMS0

GRFUT0

0

3900 series

GRFU

transceiver

(per TRX)

License for

providing

multiple TRXs

for a GRFU

Each GRFU provides one TRX by default. One

license is configured for each excess TRX.

It applies to GRFUs.

WDMS

MULTIT

00

GSM

multiple

transceiver

for the 2nd

TRX of

multimode

module

License for the

second GSM

TRX of a

multimode RF

module

Each multimode RF module provides one

GSM TRX by default. To enable a multimode

RF module to provide two GSM TRXs, the

module needs to be configured with one

license.

It applies to multimode RFUs and RRUs.





150



ExternalModel



WDMS

MULTIT

01

GSM

multiple

transceiver

for

multimode

module

License for

multiple GSM

TRXs of a

multimode RF

module

When a multimode module is configured with

more than two GSM TRXs, the number of

licenses to be configured for the module is the

total number of GSM TRXs configured for the

module minus 2.

This license applies to multimode RFUs and

RRUs.

GMMS0

DRRUT0

0

3900 series

RRU3004

transceiver

(per TRX)

RRU3004 dual

transceiver

license

Each RRU3004 supports one TRX by default.

An RRU3004 that supports two carriers

requires a double-transceiver license.

GMMS0

GRRUT0

0

3900 series

RRU3008

transceiver

(per TRX)

RRU3008 multi-

TRX license

Each RRU3008 supports one TRX by default.

The number of multi-TRX licenses is one less

than the number of TRXs supported by an

RRU3008.

WDMS

MULTIT

00

GSM

multiple

transceiver

for the 2nd

TRX of

multimodemodule

License for the

second GSM

TRX of a

multimode RF

module


GSM TRX by default. To enable a multimode

RF module to provide two GSM TRXs, the


license.

It applies to multimode RRUs.

WDMS

MULTIT

01

GSM

multiple

transceiver

for

multimode

module

License for

multiple GSM

TRXs of a

multimode RF

module

This license is configured when a multimode

module is configured with more than two GSM

TRXs. The number of licenses to be

configured for the module is the total number

of GSM TRXs configured for the module

minus 2.

This license applies to multimode RRUs.

GMMSM

C60HP00

Multi

Carrier 60

W High

Power

License

(per TRX)

Each TRX of a

multi-carrier

module supports

60 W transmit

power.

One package is configured for each GSM

carrier whose transmit power is greater than or

equal to 60 W and is smaller than 80 W.

For the RF module where the transmit power

of each channel is greater than or equal to 60

W, the Multi Carrier 60 W High Power License

is supported.





151



ExternalModel



GMMSM

C80HP00

Multi

Carrier 80

W High

Power

License

(per TRX)

Each TRX of a

multi-carrier

module supports

80 W transmit

power.



equal to 80 W. This package does not contain

the license package of Multi Carrier 60 W High

Power License for Blade&AAU (per TRX).




is supported.

WDMS

MULTIT03

GSM

MultipleTransceiver

for the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-

Mode

Blade&AA

U

License for the

second GSMTRX of a

multimode RF

module (AAU or

blade RRU)


GSM TRX by default. To enable a multimodeRF module to provide two GSM TRXs, the


license.

This license applies to an AAU or a blade

RRU.

WDMS

MULTIT

02

GSM

Multiple

Transceiver

for Multi-

Mode

Blade&AA

U

License for

multiple GSM

TRXs of a

multimode RF

module (AAU or

blade RRU)

This license is configured when a multimode

module is configured with more than two GSM

TRXs. The number of licenses to be

configured for the module is two less than the

total number of GSM TRXs configured for the

module.


RRU.

GMMSM

C60HP01

Multi

Carrier 60

W High

Power

License for

Blade&AAU (per

TRX)

Each TRX of a

multi-TRX

module (AAU or

blade RRU)

supports 60 W

transmit power.



equal to 60 W and is smaller than 80 W.


RRU.





152



ExternalModel



GMMSM

C80HP01

Multi

Carrier 80

W High

Power

License for

Blade&AA

U (per

TRX)

Each TRX of a

multi-TRX

module (AAU or

blade RRU)

supports 80 W

transmit power.



equal to 80 W. This package does not contain

the license package of Multi Carrier 60 W High

Power License for Blade&AAU (per TRX).




is supported.

This license applies only to AAUs and blade

RRUs.

Hardware License Configuration of UMTS Base Stations

This section describes the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for UMTS base

stations.

The following table lists the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for UMTS base

stations.

Table 4-68 Hardware license configuration of UMTS base stations

Model LicensePackageDescription


QWMS00

0UCE01

UL CE

License for 0

CEs to 64

CEs (per 16

CEs)

This license is

configured for

the UMTS

mode. It is

used for uplink

CEs andquoted in a

step-wise

manner.

Each license supports 16 CEs. A maximum

four licenses can be configured.

l It is configured when less than or equal to

64 CEs are required.

l Four licenses are configured when more

than 64 CEs are required.

QWMS00

0UCE02

UL CE

License for

64 CEs to 128

CEs (per 16

CEs)



It is configured for the 65th to 128th CEs.

QWMS00

0UCE03

UL CE

License for

128 CEs to

192 CEs (per

16 CEs)



It is configured for the 129th to 192nd CEs.





153





QWMS000UCE04 UL CELicense for

more than

192 CEs (per

16 CEs)

Each license supports 16 CEs. A maximumfour licenses can be configured.

It is configured when more than 192 CEs are

required.

QWMS00

0DCE01

DL CE

License for 0

CEs to 64

CEs (per 16

CEs)

This license is

configured for

the UMTS

mode. It is

used for

downlink CEs

and quoted in astep-wise

manner.



l It is configured when less than or equal to

64 CEs are required.

l Four licenses are configured when more

than 64 CEs are required.

QWMS00

0DCE02

DL CE

License for

64 CEs to 128

CEs (per 16

CEs)



It is configured for the 65th to 128th CEs.

QWMS00

0DCE03

DL CE

License for

128 CEs to

192 CEs (per

16 CEs)



It is configured for the 129th to 192nd CEs.

QWMS00

0DCE04

DL CE

License for

more than

192 CEs (per

16 CEs)



It is configured when more than 192 CEs are

required.

QWMS0H

DPAC00

HSDPA

Code (per

Code)

HSDPA code

resources

This is a mandatory HSDPA function item.

This item must be configured based on the

quantity of the HSDPA code resources

required by the base station.

Each package is one HSDPA code. Theminimum configuration is five HSDPA

codes. For a base station, the maximum

number of HSDPA codes that can be

configured equals the number of cells carried

by the base station multiplied by 15.

The number of HSDPA codes required by a

base station must be a multiple of 5.





154





QWMS000MCA00 Multi Carrier License (per

Carrier)

Multi-carrier function for

the UMTS

mode

A license for one carrier is included in thehardware quotation for each RF module of

the base station. When the module has more

than one carrier, one package needs to be

configured for each excess carrier.

This license applies to the WRFU, WRFUd,

and RRU in UMTS mode.

QWMS00

00PA00

Power

License (per

20 W)

License

package for 20

W power

A license for 20 W power is included in the

hardware quotation for each RF module of

the base station. When the power exceeds 20

W, one package needs to be configured for

each excess part of 20 W power.

WDMS00

0MCA00

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

the 1st

Carrier of

Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

License for the

first carrier of

the UMTS

mode in a

multimode RF

module

The quotation of a multimode RF module

does not include a license for UMTS carriers.

Therefore, one license is configured for the

first UMTS carrier of each module.

This license applies to multimode RF

modules.

WDMS00

0MCA01

WCDMA

Multi Carrier License for

Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

License for

multipleUMTS carriers

of a multimode

RF module

The quotation of a multimode RF module

does not include a license for UMTS carriers.Therefore, one license is configured for each

of the second to fourth UMTS carriers of

each module.

This license applies to multimode RF

modules.

QWMS00

UNSC00

UMTS

NodeB

Signaling

Capacity

License (per 50 CNBAP/s)

UMTS

signaling

capacity

license

It is configured when the signaling capacity

of a base station exceeds 350 CNBAP/s.

Each license contains a signaling capacity of

50 CNBAP/s.

This license is supported from SRAN7.0/RAN14.0 onwards.

QWMS00

0MCA01

Multi Carrier

License for

Blade&AAU

(per Carrier)

Multi-carrier

function for

the UMTS

mode of an

AAU or blade

RRU

A license for one carrier is included in the

hardware quotation for each RF module of

the base station. When the module has more

than one carrier, one package needs to be

configured for each excess carrier.


RRU.





155





QWMS0000PA01 Power License for

Blade&AAU

(per 20 W)

License package for 20

W power of an

AAU or blade

RRU

A license for 20 W power is included in thehardware quotation for each RF module of

the base station. When the power exceeds 20

W, one package needs to be configured for

each excess part of 20 W power.


RRU.

WDMS00

0MCA03

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

the 1st

Carrier of Multi-Mode

Blade&AAU

(per Carrier)

License for the

first UMTS

carrier of a

multimode RF

module (AAUor blade RRU)

The license package for each UMTS carrier

is not included in a multimode module, but

configured for the first UMTS carrier of each

multimode module. One license is required

for each UMTS carrier.

This license applies to a multimode AAU or

a blade RRU.

WDMS00

0MCA02

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

Multi-Mode

Blade&AAU

(per Carrier)

License for

multiple

UMTS carriers

of a multimode

RF module

(AAU or blade

RRU)

The license package for each UMTS carrier

is not included in a multimode module. It is

configured for the second to fourth carriers

for each multimode module. One license is

required for each UMTS carrier.

This license applies to a multimode AAU or

a blade RRU.

Hardware License Configuration of LTE Base Stations

This section describes the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for LTE base stations.

The following table lists the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for LTE base

stations.

Table 4-69 Hardware license configuration for LTE base stations

ExternalModel



LT1S000

0PA00

RF Output

Power (per

20 W)

Power license

package for

RF modules


hardware quotation for each RF module of the

base station. When the power exceeds 20 W,

one package needs to be configured for each

excess part of 20 W power.





156



ExternalModel



LT1S000

MCA00

LTE Multi

Carrier (per

Carrier)

Multi-carrier

license

package for

RF modules

The quotation for each RF module includes one

carrier by default. When more than one carrier

is used by an RF module, one package is

configured for every additional carrier.

It applies to RF modules with multiple carriers.

LT1S005

MHZ00

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0 MHz to 5

MHz

Capacity

Carrier

Bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for RF

modules

l When a cell uses less than or equal to 5 MHz

bandwidth, one license is configured for the

cell.

l When a cell uses 10 MHz bandwidth, one

license is configured for the cell.






RRUs.

LT1S010

MHZ00

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5 MHz to 10

MHz

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for RFmodules








RRUs.

LT1S015

MHZ00

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10 MHz to

15 MHz

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for RF

modules





LT1S020

MHZ00

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15 MHz to

20 MHz

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for RF

modules

When a cell uses 20 MHz bandwidth, one






157



ExternalModel



LT1S0AC

TUS00

RRC

connected

User

License for the

baseband

processing

capacity of

RRC_connect

ed users (per

RRC_connect

ed user)

This package is configured based on the

network plan. Each cell is configured with the

licenses for a minimum of 6 RRC_connected

users, and the number of RRC_connected users

increases with a step of 6. A maximum of 5400

RRC_connected users are allowed.

For example, a S1/1/1 base station is configured

with a minimum of 18 (equal to 3x6)

RRC_connected users.

LT1S0TH

ROU00

Throughput

Capacity

License for the

throughputcapacity of the

baseband

processing

module (per

Mbit/s)

This package is configured based on the

network plan. Each cell is configured with aminimum of 5 Mbit/s, and the capacity

increases with a step of 5 Mbit/s. The maximum

capacity is 750 Mbit/s.

For example, a S1/1/1 base station is configured

with a minimum of 15 Mbit/s (equal to 3 x 5

Mbit/s).

LT1S000

0RB00

Resource

Block

Resource

Block (per

RB)

Assume that N specifies the number of required

packages per cell. The total number of packages

equals N multiplied by the number of cells. N

is determined by the cell bandwidth as follows:l 1.4 MHz: N is 6.

l 3 MHz: N is 15.

l 5 MHz: N is 25.

l 10 MHz: N is 50.

l 15 MHz: N is 75.

l 20 MHz: N is 100.

In multi-carrier scenarios, the number of

required packages is calculated on a per-carrier

basis. The total number of packages is the sumof the calculation results.

This package applies only to the LBBPd.





158



ExternalModel



LT1S00B

BTC00

BB

Transmit

Channel

BB Transmit

Channel (per

Channel)

This package is configured when the LBBPd2

requires more than two transmit channels. The

quotation for an LBBPd2 includes two transmit

channels per cell. When the number of transmit

channels exceeds 2, one package is required for

each transmit channel added. The number of

required packages is calculated using the

following formula:

Number of packages required for one LBBPd2

= Number of sectors with more than two

transmit channels x (Number of transmit

channels - 2) x Number of carriers

This license only applies to the LBBPc,

LBBPd2, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and UBBPd6.

LT1S00B

BRC00

BB Receive

Channel

BB Receive

Channel (per

Channel)

This package is configured when the LBBPd2

requires more than two transmit channels. Each

baseband board has been configured with two

receive channels per cell. Therefore, one

package is required for every receive channel

added. The number of required packages is

calculated using the following formula:

Number of packages required for one LBBPd2

= Number of sectors with more than two receive

channels x (Number of receive channels - 2) x

Number of carriers

This license only applies to the LBBPc,

LBBPd2, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and UBBPd6.

LT1S00R

FTC00

RF

Transmit

Channel

RF Transmit

Channel(per

Channel)

This package is required when the RF module

has more than two RF receive channels.

Each RF module has two RF transmit channels.

Add this package for each extra RF transmit

channel of an RF module.

This package applies only to the RF modules

with four transmit channels (4T RF modules).

The number of licenses to be configured is

calculated by the following formula: Number of

licenses to be configured = Number of RRUs

with more than two transmit channels x

(Number of transmit channels of a single RRU

- 2)





159



ExternalModel



LT1S00R

FRC00

RF Receive

Channel

RF Receive

Channel (per

Channel)


has more than two RF receive channels.

Each RF module has two RF receive channels.

Add this package for each extra RF receive

channel on an RF module.


with four receive channels (4R RF modules).




with more than two receive channels x (Number of receive channels of a single RRU - 2)

LT1S000

0PA01

RF Output

Power

Blade&AA

U (per 20

W)

Power license

package for an

AAU or blade

RRU


hardware quotation for each RF module of the

base station. When the power exceeds 20 W,

one package needs to be configured for each

excess part of 20 W power.

This license applies to a multimode AAU or a

blade RRU.

LT1S000

MCA01

RF multi

carrier for blade&AA

U (per

carrier)

Multi-carrier

license package for an

AAU or blade

RRU

The quotation for each RF module includes one

carrier by default. When more than one carrier is used by an RF module, one package is

configured for every additional carrier.


blade RRU.

LT1S005

MHZ01

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0 MHz to 5

MHz for

Blade&AA

U

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for an

AAU or blade

RRU

When a cell uses 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20 MHz, or

less than or equal to 5 MHz bandwidth, one



blade RRU.

LT1S010

MHZ01

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5 MHz to 10

MHz for

Blade&AA

U

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for an

AAU or blade

RRU

When a cell uses 10 MHz, 15 MHz, or 20 MHz


cell.


blade RRU.





160



ExternalModel



LT1S015

MHZ01

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10 MHz to

15 MHz for

Blade&AA

U

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for an

AAU or blade

RRU

When a cell uses 15 MHz or 20 MHz


cell.


blade RRU.

LT1S020

MHZ01

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15 MHz to

20 MHz for

Blade&AAU

Carrier

bandwidth

licence (per

cell) for an

AAU or bladeRRU

When a cell uses 20 MHz bandwidth, one



blade RRU.

LT1S00R

FTC01

RF

Transmit

Channel for

Blade&AA

U

Blade&AAU

RF Transmit

Channel(per

Channel)


has more than two RF transmit channels.

Each RF module has two RF transmit channels.

Add this package for each extra RF transmit

channel of an RF module.


with four transmit channels (4T RF modules).


calculated by the following formula: Number of licenses to be configured = Number of RRUs

with more than two transmit channels x

(Number of transmit channels of a single RRU

- 2)


blade RRU.

LT1S00R

FRC01

RF Receive

Channel for

Blade&AA

U

Blade&AAU

RF Receive

Channel (per

Channel)


has more than two RF transmit channels.

Each RF module has two RF receive channels.

When the number of RF receive channelsexceeds 2, one package is required for each

added receive channel.


with four receive channels (4R RF modules).




with more than two receive channels x (Number

of receive channels of a single RRU - 2)


blade RRU.





161



NOTE

In MIMO scenarios, the power of each module is the product of the number of MIMO channels and the

output power of each channel. For example:

l 2x2 MIMO (2x30 W): Each RRU requires 60 W power and is configured with two RF channels.

l 2x2 MIMO (2x40 W): Each RRU requires 80 W power and is configured with three RF channels.

l 4x2 MIMO (4x40 W): Each RRU requires 80 W power and is configured with three RF channels.

The BBU3900 supports hybrid configuration of the LBBPc, LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and UBBPd6.

License Configuration of Multimode Base Stations

This section describes the principles for configuring hardware licenses, co-MPT licenses, and

co-BBP licenses for multimode base stations.

Hardware License Configuration for Multimode Base Stations

The following table lists the principles for configuring the hardware licenses for multimode base

stations.

Table 4-70 Principles for configuring the hardware licenses for multimode base stations

ExternalModel

License PackageDescription


WDMS00

GUDM00

RF GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode license

(per sector)

Dual-mode

license for GU

RF modules

One package is configured for each

sector served by a GU RF module.

WDMS00

GLDM00

RF GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license (per

sector)

Dual-mode

license for GL

RF modules


sector served by a GL RF module.

WDMS00

ULDM00

RF UMTS/LTE

Dual Mode license

(per sector)

Dual-mode

license for UL

RF modules


sector served by a UL RF module.

WDMS00GUDM01

GSM/UMTS DualMode license for

Blade&AAU (per

sector)

GU dual-modelicense for an

AAU or blade

RRU

In GU dual mode, one package isconfigured for each sector.

This license applies to a multimode

AAU or a blade RRU.

WDMS00

GLDM01

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license for

Blade&AAU (per

sector)

GL dual-mode

license for an

AAU or blade

RRU

In GL dual mode, one package is

configured for each sector.

This license applies to a multimode

AAU or a blade RRU.





162



ExternalModel

License PackageDescription


WDMS00

ULDM01

UMTS/LTE Dual

Mode license for Blade&AAU (per

sector)

UL dual-mode

license for anAAU or blade

RRU

For a UL dual-mode base station, one

package is configured for each sector.This license applies to a multimode

AAU or a blade RRU.

Co-MPT License Configuration for Multimode Base Stations

The following table lists the principles for configuring the co-MPT licenses for multimode base

stations.

Table 4-71 Co-MPT license configuration for multimode base stations

Model License PackageDescription


WDMS0

UMMG0

0

MPT Multi Mode

license (GSM) (Per

UMPT)

Co-MPT

license for

GSM

Configure this package based on the

number of GSM base stations supported by

each UMPT(1). Each base station can be

configured with a maximum of one such

license.

WDMS0UMMU0

0

MPT Multi Modelicense (UMTS)

(Per UMPT)

Co-MPTlicense for

UMTS

Configure this package based on thenumber of UMTS base stations supported

by each UMPT(1). Each base station can be


license.

WDMS0

UMML00

MPT Multi Mode

license (LTE FDD)

(Per UMPT)

Co-MPT

license for

LTE

Configure this package based on the

number of LTE base stations supported by

each UMPT(1). Each base station can be


license.

NOTE

(1) Each UMPT supports one mode by default. One license needs to be added for each additional mode.

When multiple modes are configured for a UMPT, first quote a UMPT for the earliest mode and then add

licenses for later modes. The GSM, UMTS, and LTE modes are arranged from the earliest to the latest as

follows: GSM < UMTS < LTE

Co-BBP License Configuration for Multimode Base Stations

The following table lists the configuration principles for co-BBP licenses of multimode base

stations.





163



Table 4-72 Configuration principles for co-BBP licenses of multimode base stations


Function ConfigurationPrinciple

WDMS00UFMG00 UBBP First-Modelicense (GSM) (per

UBBP)

License for the firstmode (GSM) of the

UBBPa

One piece of thelicense is configured

for each UBBP that

uses GSM as its first

mode.

WDMS00UMMG00 UBBP Multi-Mode

license (GSM) (per

UBBP)

License for adding a

new mode (GSM) of

the UBBPa

One piece of this

license is configured

for each UBBP to

which GSM is added

as a new mode (either

replacing the first

mode or concurrentwith the first mode).

WDMS00UFMU00 UBBP First-Mode

license (UMTS) (per

UBBP)

License for the first

mode (UMTS) of the

UBBPa

One piece of the


for each UBBP that

uses UMTS as its

first mode.

WDMS00UMMU00 UBBP Multi-Mode

license (UMTS (per

UBBP)


new mode (UMTS)

of the UBBPa

One piece of this


for each UBBP to

which UMTS isadded as a new mode

(either replacing the

first mode or

concurrent with the

first mode).

WDMS0UFMLF00 UBBP First-Mode

license (LTE FDD)

(per UBBP)

License for the first

mode (LTE FDD) of

the UBBPa

One piece of the


for each UBBP that

uses LTE FDD as its

first mode.

WDMS0UMMLF00 UBBP Multi-Mode

license (LTE FDD)

(per UBBP)


new mode (LTE

FDD) of the UBBPa

One piece of this


for each UBBP to

which LTE FDD is

added as a new mode

(either replacing the

first mode or

concurrent with the

first mode).





164




Function ConfigurationPrinciple

(1) In newly deployed single-mode sites, the license for the first mode (UBBP First-Mode

license) must be quoted.(2) In newly deployed multimode sites, if licenses for multiple modes are purchased together,

the license for a higher mode can be purchased with the license for a lower mode for free.

The modes are arranged from the lowest to the highest as follows: GSM > UMTS > LTE FDD

> LTE TDD.

(3) In mode transition scenarios such as single mode to single mode, single mode to multimode

concurrency, and multimode concurrency with new mode added, the UBBP Multi-Mode

license corresponding to the newly added mode must be purchased.

4.4 Configurations for a Lampsite Base Station

4.4.1 BBU Configurations in a Lampsite Base Station

In a Lampsite base station, main control units and base band processing units in a BBU vary

depending on product versions. The following table lists mapping between the board and product

version in a Lampsite base station.

Table 4-73 Mapping between the board and product version in a Lampsite base station

Product Version Board

Type

LTE FDD UMTS UL Dual-Mode

Separate-

MPT

Co-MPT

SRAN 9.0 Main

Control

Unit

UMPTa,

UMPTb,

and LMPT

UMPTa and

UMPTb

UMPTa

and

UMPTb

UMPTb

Baseband

Processin

g Unit

LBBPd

and

UBBPd

WBBPd,

WBBPf,

and UBBPd

UMTS: WBBPf, WBBPd

(providing only baseband

resources), and UBBPd

LTE: LBBPd and UBBPd

NOTE

LTE FDD mode is configured with the LMPT only in base station conversion scenarios. In a newly deployed

base station, the UMPT is delivered and the LMPT is not recommended.

Restrictions on the BBU configurations in a Lampsite base station are as follows:

l A single BBU can support a maximum of 18 LTE RF cells.

l A single BBU can support a maximum of 12 UMTS RF cells.





165



l In UL dual-mode scenarios, the WBBPd can only be used to provide UMTS baseband

resources and cannot be used to provide CPRI optical ports.

l When the UBBPd is used, UMTS and LTE modes cannot be deployed on the same baseband

processing unit in a Lampsite base station and must be separately deployed on different

baseband processing units.

l In a macro+micro site, if the UBBPd is used as a multi-mode baseband processing unit in

the macro base station, one UMTS baseband processing unit and one LTE baseband

processing unit need to be configured in the Lampsite base station.

l If a Lampsite base station is deployed with UL modes, the RHUB can only be connected

to the CPRI port on the baseband processing unit in slot 2 or 3 of the BBU using a single

fiber optic cable, and the BBU must use the CPRI MUX feature.

4.4.2 Basic RHUB Configuration Principles

The following figure shows the exterior of an RHUB3908. The following table lists the

RHUB3908 configuration principles.

Figure 4-2 Exterior of an RHUB3908





166



Table 4-74 RHUB3908 configurations


ity


WD6M39RHU

B00

RHUB3908,

WD6M1RBH2,

pRRU pool and

PoE support

(2xCPRI SFP,

8xCPRI OVER

PHY with PSE,

PSU, Global)

CPRI

transmission

signal

combination

unit of the

pRRU Supports

RF signal

division and

combination of

the pRRU cell

and supports

CPRI data

compression

and

decompression

of various

modes.

24 A single BBU can be

configured with a

maximum of 24

RHUBs.

The code applies to

global markets except

Japan.

The RHUB of this code

is not configured with

power cables.Therefore, the RHUB

needs to be delivered

with AC power cables

according to countries

and areas.

The basic HUB3908 configuration principles are as follows:

l A single SRAN9.0 BBU supports a maximum of 24 RHUBs.

l The RHUB and BBU (or the RHUB and RHUB) can be connected in the single-star or

chain topology. The RHUB supports a maximum of four cascading levels.

l The RHUB optical port supports a maximum rate of 9.8 Gbit/s and supports adaptive

switching among 1.228 Gbit/s, 2.4576 Gbit/s, 4.9152 Gbit/s, 9.8304 Gbit/s.

l The RHUB and pRRU are connected through the GE electrical port and support the single-

chain topology and load sharing mode. Each RHUB can connect to a maximum of eight

pRRUs.

l The RHUB electrical port only supports the CPRI data rate of 1.228 Gbit/s.

The following table lists the carrier configuration principles of the SRAN9.0 RHUB.





167



Table 4-75 Carrier configuration principles of the SRAN9.0 RHUB

ApplicationScenario

Carrier Configuration Principle of the SRAN9.0 RHUB

LTE FDD l A single RHUB supports a maximum of four LTE carriers.

l A single RHUB supports a maximum of four independent

pRRU groups. Each pRRU group supports a maximum of two

LTE carriers.

l LTE supports combination of RF signals from cells connected

through the RHUB. LTE supports combination of RF signals

from a maximum of 16 pRRUs connected to four RHUBs on

the same chain.

l In LTE mode, a maximum of six RF cells configured on

different baseband processing units can form one baseband cell.

NOTELTE does not support combination of baseband signals from RF cells

configured on different baseband processing units.

UMTS l A single RHUB supports a maximum of four UMTS carriers.

l A single RHUB supports a maximum of two independent pRRU

groups. Each pRRU group supports a maximum of two UMTS

carriers.

l UMTS supports combination of RF signals from RF cells

connected through the RHUB. UMTS supports combination of

RF signals from a maximum of 16 pRRUs connected to four

RHUBs on the same chain.

l In UMTS mode, a maximum of six RF cells configured on

different baseband processing units can form one baseband cell.

NOTE

A single RHUB that is configured with one pRRU group supports a

maximum of two carriers.

4.4.3 Basic pRRU Configurations

The following table lists the pRRU configuration principles.





168



Table 4-76 pRRU configuration principles


ity


WD5MP390110

0

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRU4,

pRRU3901,

UMTS Multi-

Carriers Remote

Radio Unit (Band

I: TX2110-2170

MHz/

RX1920-1980

MHz, PoE/12 V

DC, 1.25 Gbit/s,

1T2R, 1x200

mW)

Air interface

specifications

2.1 Gbit/s

1T2R UMTS

TX power:

1x200 mW

Carrier

specifications:

2 carriers(UMTS)

96 (Optional) This module

is used when a 2.1 GHz

frequency band is

configured for UMTS.

The number of modules

depends on site

requirements.

RF modules supporting

2.1 GHz frequency band

apply to global markets.

WD6M18RRU

L00

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRU3,

pRRU, LTE

Single-mode

Remote Radio

Unit (Band III:

TX1805-1860

MHz/RX1710-1765

MHz, PoE/12 V

DC, 1.25 Gbit/s,

2T2R, 2x100

mW, with

Installation Kit)

Air interface

specifications

1.8 Gbit/s

2T2R LTE

FDD

TX power:

2x100 mW

Carrier

specifications:

1 carrier (LTE)

LTE supports

a scalable

bandwidth of 5

MHz, 10 MHz,

15 MHz, or 20

MHz.



frequency band is

configured for LTE. The

number of modules

depends on site

requirements.

RF modules supporting55 MHz of the 1.8 GHz

frequency band apply to

China.





169





WD6M39PRRU

05

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRU6,

pRRU, Multi-

Mode Remote

Radio Unit Band I

(S1)+Band III

(S2) (PoE/12 V

DC, 1.25 Gbit/s,

with Installation

Kit), (TX2110 to

2170 MHz/

RX1920 to 1980

MHz, 2T2R, 200

mW), (TX1805 to

1860 MHz/

RX1710 to 1765

MHz, 2T2R,

2x100 mW)

Air interface

specifications

1.8 GHz:

2T2R LTE

FDD

2.1G 1T2R

UMTS

Transmit

power:

1.8 GHz:

2x100 mW

2.1 GHz:

1x200 mW

Carrier

specifications:

1 carrier (LTE

FDD)

2 carriers

(UMTS)

LTE supportsa scalable

bandwidth of 5

MHz, 10 MHz,

15 MHz, or 20

MHz.



frequency band is

configured for LTE and

a 2.1 GHz frequency

band is configured for

UMTS. The number of

modules depends on site

requirements.


55 MHz of the 1.8 GHz


China.

l In co-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 48

pRRUs are

supported.

l In separate-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 96

pRRUs aresupported.

WD6M39PRRU

00

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRUa,

pRRU, LTE

Single-mode

Remote Radio

Unit (Band III:TX1805-1880

MHz/

RX1710-1785

MHz, PoE/12 V

DC, 1.25 Gbit/s,

2T2R, 2x100

mW, with

Installation Kit)

Air interface

specifications

1.8 GHz:

2T2R LTE

FDD

TX power:

2x100 mW

Carrier

specifications:

1 carrier (LTE)

LTE supports

a scalable

bandwidth of 5

MHz, 10 MHz,

15 MHz, or 20

MHz.



frequency band is

configured for LTE. The

number of modules

depends on siterequirements.




global markets.





170





WD6M39PRRU

01

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRU8,

pRRU, Multi-

Mode Remote

Radio Unit Band I

(S1)+Band III

(S2) (PoE/12 V

DC, 1.25 Gbit/s,

with Installation

Kit), (TX2110 to

2170 MHz/

RX1920 to 1980

MHz, 2T2R, 200

mW), (TX1805 to

1880 MHz/

RX1710 to 1785

MHz, 2T2R,

2x100 mW)

Air interface

specifications

1.8 GHz:

2T2R LTE

FDD

2.1 GHz:

1T2R UMTS

Transmit

power:

1.8 GHz:

2x100 mW

2.1 GHz:

1x200 mW

Carrier

specifications:

1 carrier (LTE

FDD)

2 carriers

(UMTS)


bandwidth of 5

MHz, 10 MHz,

15 MHz, or 20

MHz.



frequency band is


a 2.1 GHz frequency


UMTS. The number of


requirements.




global markets.

l In co-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 48

pRRUs are

supported.

l In separate-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 96

pRRUs aresupported.





171





WD6M39PRRU

02

Function Module,

pRRU3901,

WD6M1PRU9,

pRRU, Multi-

Mode Remote

Radio Unit Band I

(S1)+Band I (S2)

(PoE/12 V DC,

1.25 Gbit/s, with

Installation Kit),

(TX2110 to 2170

MHz/RX1920 to

1980 MHz,

2T2R, 200 mW),

(TX2110 to 2170

MHz/RX1920 to

1980 MHz,

2T2R, 200 mW)

Air interface

specifications

2.1 GHz:

1T2R UMTS

2.1 GHz:

2T2R LTE

FDD

Transmit

power:

1x200 mW

(UMTS)

2x100 mW

(LTE)

Carrier

specifications:

2 carriers

(UMTS)

1 carrier (LTE

FDD)


bandwidth of 5

MHz, 10 MHz,

15 MHz, or 20

MHz.



frequency band is


a 2.1 GHz frequency


UMTS. The number of


requirements.

l In co-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 48

pRRUs are

supported.

l In separate-MPT

scenarios, a

maximum of 96

pRRUs are

supported.

The pRRU configuration principles are as follows:

l In newly deployed Lampsite networks, pRRUs cannot be split and must be sold integrally.

Application for pRRU codes has been submitted for the frequency band combination

supported by current versions.

l Two pRRUs cannot be combined to implement MIMO.

l The pRRU provides two CPRI ports, each supporting a 1.228 Gbit/s rate, to exchange data

with the RHUB.

l The pRRU and RHUB can be connected in the branch chain (single-link) topology or branch

load sharing mode.

l When the pRRU and RHUB are connected in the branch chain (single-link) topology, each

RHUB supports a maximum of 8 pRRUs and a single BBU supports a maximum of 96

pRRUs.

l When the pRRU and RHUB are connected in the single-chain topology, each RHUB

supports the following configurations:





172



– 1. Two carriers for UO mode

– 2. One carrier with a maximum bandwidth of 20 MHz for LO mode

– 3. LTE carrier with a 20 MHz bandwidth (compression mode is 3:1) and a maximum

of two UMTS carriers for UL dual-mode mode

Connections of the branch chain (single-link) topology

l When the pRRU and RHUB are connected in branch load sharing mode, each RHUB

supports a maximum of 4 pRRUs and a single BBU supports a maximum of 48 pRRUs.

When the pRRU and RHUB are connected in load sharing mode, each RHUB supports the

following configurations:

– 1. Two LTE carriers, each supporting a 20 MHz bandwidth

– 2. LTE carrier, each supporting a 20 MHz bandwidth (compression mode is 2:1), and

a maximum of two UMTS carriers for UL dual-mode mode

Connections of the branch load sharing mode

l The CPRI bandwidth of the pRRU and RHUB is less than or equal to 2.456 Gbit/s.

Therefore, it is recommended that services be processed by two pRRUs if the CPRI

bandwidth is greater than 2.456 Gbit/s.

4.5 Typical Configurations and Capacity Expansion

This section describes the typical configuration scenarios and capacity expansion scenarios of

3900 series base stations.





173



4.5.1 Typical Configurations

This section describes the typical configurations of a 3900 series base station in various

application scenarios.

GSM Mode

This section describes the typical configurations of a 3900 series base station in GSM mode and

using RFUs or RRUs.

Typical Configurations of GSM Base Stations Using RFUs

Table 4-77 and Table 4-78 list the typical configurations of 3900 series macro base stations in

GSM mode and using DRFUs and GRFUs, respectively.

NOTE

DRFUs are not configured in a BTS3900AL cabinet.

Table 4-77 Typical configurations of GSM base stations using DRFUs

ProductConfig uration

S1/1/1(Without aCombiner)


S3/3/3(With aCombiner)





BTS390

0 cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

DRFU 3 3 5 6 6 9 12

3900

Series

DRFU

Transcei

ver (per

TRX)

License

0 3 4 6 6 9 12

Antenna 3 3 3 3 6 6 6





174



Table 4-78 Typical configurations of GSM base stations using GRFUs

ProductConfiguration

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S6/6/6 S8/8/8

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900

A cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900

L cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900

AL cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1

GRFU 3 3 3 3 3 6

3900

Series

GRFU

Transceiv

er (per

TRX)

0 3 6 9 15 18

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3

Typical Configurations of GSM Base Stations Using RRUs

Table 4-79 and Table 4-80 list the typical configurations of a DBS3900 in GSM mode and using

RRU3004 and RRU3008 modules, respectively.





175



Table 4-79 Typical configurations of GSM base stations using RRU3004 modules


S1/1/1(Without a

Combiner)

S2/2/2(Without a

Combiner)

S3/3/3(With aCombi

ner)

S4/4/4(With aCombi

ner)

S4/4/4(Without a

Combiner)

S6/6/6(With aCombi

ner)

S8/8/8(With aCombi

ner)

Cabinet

(optional

)

1 1 1 1 1 l APM

30H

(Ver.

B): 2

l APM

30H

(Ver.

D): 1

l APM

30H

(Ver.

B): 2

l APM

30H

(Ver.

D): 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RRU300

4

3 3 6 6 6 9 12

3900

Series

RRU300

4

Transcei

ver (per TRX)

0 3 4 6 6 9 12

Antenna 3 3 3 3 6 6 6

Table 4-80 Typical configurations of GSM base stations using RRU3008 modules


S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S6/6/6 S8/8/8

Cabinet

(optional)

1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1

RRU3008 3 3 3 3 3 6





176




S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S6/6/6 S8/8/8

3900Series

RRU3008

Transceiv

er (per

TRX)

0 3 6 9 15 18

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3

UMTS Mode

This section describes the typical configurations of a 3900 series base station in UMTS mode

and using RFUs or RRUs.

NOTE

l In non-MIMO configurations, each carrier provides output power of 20 W. In MIMO configurations,

each carrier provides output power of 40 W (2x20 W).

l In actual configurations, only one type of baseband board is selected.

Typical Configurations of UMTS Base Stations Using RFUs

A 3900 series macro base station in UMTS mode can be configured with WRFUs with different

power, for example, WRFU (80 W) and WRFUd (2x60 W). Table 4-81 and Table 4-82 list the

typical configurations of the base stations using different RFUs.

Table 4-81 Typical configurations of a UMTS base station using WRFUs (80 W)


S1/1/1(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1(MIMO)

S2/2/2(MIMO)

S3/3/3(MIMO)

S4/4/4(MIMO)

BTS3900cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





177




S1/1/1(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1(MIMO)

S2/2/2(MIMO)

S3/3/3(MIMO)

S4/4/4(MIMO)

WMPT/

UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Baseb

and

proces

sing

board

WBB

Pd

1 1 2 2 1 2 3 4

WBB

Pf3/4

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2

WRFU (80 W) 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6 9

Power License

(per 20W)

0 3 6 9 0 6 12 18

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Table 4-82 Typical configurations of a UMTS base station using WRFUd (2x60 W) modules


S1/1/1(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1(MIMO)

S2/2/2(MIMO)

S3/3/3(MIMO)

BTS390

0 cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





178




S1/1/1(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1(MIMO)

S2/2/2(MIMO)

S3/3/3(MIMO)

UMPTa1/

UMPTb

1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBPf3

/4

1 1 2 2 1 1 2

WRFUd

(2x60

W)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Multi

Carrier

License

(per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 3 6 9

Power

License

(per

20W)

0 3 6 9 3 9 15

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Typical Configurations of UMTS Base Stations Using RRUs

The following table lists the typical configurations of a DBS3900 in UMTS mode and using

RRU3806 or RRU3826 modules.

Table 4-83 Typical configurations of a DBS3900 using RRU3806/RRU3826 modules

Product

Configuration

S1/1/1

(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2

(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3

(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4

(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1

(MIMO)

S2/2/2

(MIMO)

S3/3/3

(MIMO)

S4/4/4

(MIMO)

Cabinet

(optional)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Baseb

and

WBB

Pd

1 1 2 2 1 2 3 4





179




S1/1/1(Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2(Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3(Non-MIMO)

S4/4/4(Non-MIMO)

S1/1/1(MIMO)

S2/2/2(MIMO)

S3/3/3(MIMO)

S4/4/4(MIMO)

proces

sing

board

WBB

Pf3/4

1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2

RRU3806 (80

W)

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6 9

Power License

(per 20W)

0 3 6 9 0 6 12 18

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

The following table lists the typical configurations of a BTS3900C (Ver.C) base station in UMTS

mode and using RRU3806 modules.

Table 4-84 Typical configurations of a BTS3900C (Ver.C) using RRU3806 modules


O1

Non-MIMO

O2

Non-MIMO

O3

Non-MIMO

O4

Non-MIMO

OMB (Ver.C)

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

WMPT/UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

Baseba

nd

process

ing

board

WBBP

d

1 1 1 1

WBBPf

3/4

1 1 1 1

RRU3806 1 1 1 1

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

0 1 2 3

Power License

(per 20W)

0 1 2 3





180




O1

Non-MIMO

O2

Non-MIMO

O3

Non-MIMO

O4

Non-MIMO

Antenna 1 1 1 1

LTE Mode

This section describes the typical configurations of a 3900 series base station in LTE mode and

using RFUs or RRUs.

NOTE

l This table assumes that each channel provides 20 W power.

l In actual configuration, only one type of baseband board or RF module is selected.

Typical Configurations of LTE Base Stations (with RFUs)

The following table lists the typical configurations of 3900 series base stations in LTE mode

and using LRFUs.

Table 4-85 Typical configurations of LTE base stations using LRFUs


S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

BandwidthDL 2x2MIMO

S2/2/2 Co-Frequency

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1

LMPT/

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1

Baseb

and

board

LBBPc 1 1 1 3





181




S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S2/2/2 Co-Frequency

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

LBBPd 1

(LBBPd1)

1 (LBBPd1) 2(LBBPd1)/

1 (LBBPd3)

1

(LBBPd2)

1 (LBBPd2)

UBBP

d

1

(UBBPd3)

1(UBBPd3) 2(UBBPd3)/

1(UBBPd5)

1

(UBBPd4)

1(UBBPd4)

LRFU 3 3 3 6 6

RF Output

Power (per 20

W)

3 3 3 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth - 0

MHz to 5 MHz

3 3 6 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth - 5

MHz to 10 MHz

3 3 6 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth - 10MHz to 15 MHz

0 3 0 0 3

Carrier

Bandwidth - 15

MHz to 20 MHz

0 3 0 0 3

Resource Block 150 300 300 150 300

BB Transmit

Channel

0 0 0 6 6

BB Receive

Channel

0 0 0 6 6

RF Transmit

Channel

0 0 0 6 6

RF Receive

Channel

0 0 0 6 6

LTE Multi

Carrier (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 0 0

Antenna 3 3 3 6 6





182



LTE Base Station Configurations (with RRUs)The following table lists the typical configurations of a DBS3900 in LTE mode and using the

RRU3201.

Table 4-86 Typical configurations of LTE base stations using the RRU3201


S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

Cabinet (optional) 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

Baseban

d board

LBBPc 1 1 1 3

LBBP

d

1 1 1 1

UBBPd

1(UBBPd3) 1(UBBPd3) 1(UBBPd4) 1(UBBPd4)

RRU3201 3 3 6 6

RF Output Power

(per 20 W)

3 3 6 6

Carrier Bandwidth

- 0 MHz to 5 MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 5 MHz to 10 MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 10 MHz to 15

MHz

0 3 0 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 15 MHz to 20

MHz

0 3 0 3

Resource block

(required for the

LBBPd2)

150 300 150 300





183




S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 4x2MIMO

BB transmit

channel (required

for the LBBPd2)

0 0 6 6

Antenna 3 3 6 6

GU Co-Module

This section describes the typical configurations when GSM and UMTS are deployed on one

SDR modules of a 3900 series base station.

NOTE

The power of each WCDMA carrier is configured to 20 W.

Typical Configurations of GU Co-module Base Stations Using MRFUs

Multimode RFUs can be configured in a 3900 series macro base station in the GU separate-MPT

or GU co-MPT scenario. Table 4-87 and Table 4-88 list the typical configurations in thesescenarios.

Table 4-87 Typical configurations of a GU separate-MPT base station using MRFUs

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

900MHz

S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





184



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WMPT

/

UMPT

a1/

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBP

d/

WBBPf

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MRFU/

MRFU

e/

MRFU

d

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTS

Dual

Mode

license

(per

sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transce

iver for the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3





185



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

GSMMultipl

e

Transce

iver for

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transceiver for

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

WCD

MA

Multi

Carrier

License

for the

1stCarrier

of

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

WCD

MA

Multi

Carrier

License

for

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3





186



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

Power License

(per

20W)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Antenn

a

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Table 4-88 Typical configurations of a GU co-MPT base station using MRFUs

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

900

MHz

S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBPf 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





187



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

MRFU/MRFU

e/

MRFU

d

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM/

UMTS

Dual

Mode

license

(per

sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transce

iver for

the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transce

iver for

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

WCD

MA

MultiCarrier

License

for the

1st

Carrier

of

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3





188



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCDMA

Multi

Carrier

License

for

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Power License

(per

20W)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

MPT

Multi

Mode

license

(UMTS

)(per

UMPT)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Antenn

a

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Typical Configurations of GU Base Stations Using RRUs

An RRU3908, RRU3926, or RRU3928 can be configured in a DBS3900 in the GU separate-

MPT or GU co-MPT scenario. Table 4-89 and Table 4-90 list the typical configurations in these

scenarios.

Table 4-89 Typical configurations of a DBS3900 in separate-MPT scenario using RRU3908

modules

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

900

MHz

S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2





189



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

Cabinet(option

al)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WMPT

/

UMPT

a1/

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBP

d/

WBBPf

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RRU39

08/

RRU39

29/

RRU39

28

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM/

UMTS

Dual

Mode

license

(per

sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transceiver for

the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3





190



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

GSMMultipl

e

Transce

iver for

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

WCD

MA

Multi

Carrier License

for the

1st

Carrier

of

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

WCDMA

Multi

Carrier

License

for

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Power

License

(per

20W)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Antenn

a

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3





191



Table 4-90 Typical configurations of a DBS3900 in co-MPT scenario using RRU3929/

RRU3928 modules

GSM900

MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

900

MHz

S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

Cabinet

(option

al)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBPf 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RRU39

29/

RRU39

28

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTS

Dual

Mode

license

(per

sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GSM

Multipl

e

Transce

iver for the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3





192



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

GSMMultipl

e

Transce

iver for

Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

WCD

MA

Multi

Carrier License

for the

1st

Carrier

of

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

WCDMA

Multi

Carrier

License

for

Multi-

Mode

Module

(per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Power

License

(per

20W)

0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

MPT

Multi

Mode

license

(UMTS

)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





193



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

Antenna 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

The RRU3929 can be configured in a BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet in the GU separate-MPT or

GU co-MPT scenario. Table 4-91 and Table 4-92 list the typical configurations in these

scenarios.

Table 4-91 Typical configurations of a BTS3900C (Ver.C) in separate-MPT scenario using

RRU3929 modules

GSM 900MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4 O4

WCDMA

900 MHz

O1 O1 O1 O1 O2

OMB

(Ver.C)

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1

WMPT/

UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1

WBBPd/

WBBPf

1 1 1 1 1

RRU3929 1 1 1 1 1

GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode

license (per

sector)

1 1 1 1 1

GSM

Multiple

Transceiver

for the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

0 1 1 1 1





194



GSM 900MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4 O4

GSM

MultipleTransceiver

for Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 1 2 2

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

the 1st

Carrier of

Multi-Mode

Module (per Carrier)

1 1 1 1 1

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 1

Power

License (per

20W)

0 0 0 0 1

Antenna 1 1 1 1 1

Table 4-92 Typical configurations of a BTS3900C (Ver.C) in co-MPT scenario using RRU3929

modules

GSM 900MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4 O4

WCDMA

900 MHz

O1 O1 O1 O1 O2

OMB

(Ver.C)

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1

UMPTb1 1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 1 1 1 1 1





195



GSM 900MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4 O4

WBBPd/

WBBPf

1 1 1 1 1

RRU3929 1 1 1 1 1

GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode

license (per

sector)

1 1 1 1 1

GSM

Multiple

Transceiver

for the 2nd

TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

1 1 1 1 1

GSM

Multiple

Transceiver

for Multi-

Mode

Module

0 0 1 2 2

WCDMA

Multi Carrier License for

the 1st

Carrier of

Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

1 1 1 1 1

WCDMA

Multi Carrier

License for

Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 0 0 1

Power

License (per

20W)

0 0 0 0 1

MPT Multi

Mode license

(UMTS)

1 1 1 1 1

Antenna 1 1 1 1 1





196



GU Co-BBUThis section describes the typical configurations when GSM and UMTS are deployed on one

BBU of a 3900 series base station.

NOTE

l In UMTS non-MIMO configurations, each carrier provides output power of 20 W. In UMTS MIMO

configurations, each carrier provides output power of 40 W (2x20 W).

l In actual configurations, only one type of baseband processing board or RF module is selected.

Typical Configurations of a GU Co-BBU Base Station Using RFUs

For a 3900 series base station in GU separate-MPT scenario, Table 4-93 lists the typical

configurations when the WRFU (80 W) is used and Table 4-94 lists the typical configurations

when the WRFUd (2x60 W) is used.

Table 4-93 Typical configurations of a GU co-BBU separate-MPT base station using WRFUs

(80 W)

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

GSM1800

MHz

N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

2100

MHz

S1/1/1

Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2

Non-

MIMO

S3/3/3

Non-

MIMO

S4/4/4

Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1

MIMO

S2/2/2

MIMO

S3/3/3

MIMO

S4/4/4

MIMO

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





197



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

WMPT/

UMPT

a1/

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBP

d

1 1 2 2 1 2 3 4

WRFU

(80 W)

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

GRFU

(900

MHz)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GRFU

(1800

MHz)

0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3

Multi

Carrier

License(per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6 9

RF

Output

Power

(per

20W)

0 3 6 9 0 6 12 18

3900

Series

GRFUTransce

iver

(per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 0 3 6 12

Antenn

a

6 6 9 9 6 6 9 9





198



Table 4-94 Typical configurations of a GU co-BBU separate-MPT base station using WRFUd

(2x60 W) modules

GSM900

MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1

GSM

1800

MHz

N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 N/A N/A S3/3/3

WCDM

A 2100

MHz

S1/1/1

Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2

Non-

MIMO

S3/3/3

Non-

MIMO

S4/4/4

Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1

MIMO

S2/2/2

MIMO

S3/3/3

MIMO

BTS390

0 cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0A

cabinet

1 1 2 2 1 1 2

BTS390

0L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS390

0AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPTa

1/

UMPTb

1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBPf 1 1 2 2 1 1 2

WRFUd

(2x60W)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GRFU

(900

MHz)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

GRFU

(1800

MHz)

0 0 3 3 0 0 3





199



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1

MultiCarrier

License

(per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6

RF

Output

Power

(per

20W)

0 3 6 9 3 9 15

3900Series

GRFU

Transcei

ver (per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 0 3 6

Antenna 6 6 9 9 6 6 9

Typical Configurations of a GU Co-BBU Base Station Using RRUs

The following table lists the typical configurations of a DBS3900 in the GU co-BBU mode.

Table 4-95 Typical configurations of a GU co-BBU separate-MPT base station using RRUs

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

GSM

1800

MHz

N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

2100

MHz

S1/1/1

Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2

Non-

MIMO

S3/3/3

Non-

MIMO

S4/4/4

Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1

MIMO

S2/2/2

MIMO

S3/3/3

MIMO

S4/4/4

MIMO





200



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

Cabinet(option

al)

1 1 APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

APM30H

(Ver.B)

: 2

APM30

H

(Ver.D)

: 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WMPT

/UMPT

a1/

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBBP

d

1 1 2 2 1 2 3 4

RRU38

06

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

RRU30

08 (900

MHz)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

RRU30

08

(1800

MHz)

0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3

Multi

Carrier

License(per

Carrier)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6 9

Power

License

(per

20W)

0 3 6 9 0 6 12 18





201



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

3900Series

RRU30

08

Transce

iver

(per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 0 3 6 12

Antenn

a

6 6 9 9 6 6 9 9

GL Co-Module

This section describes the typical configurations when the GSM and LTE modes co-exist in the

RF modules of a 3900 series base station.

NOTE

l The following configurations assume that each LTE channel provides 20 W transmit power.

l The following configurations assume that each GSM carrier provides 20 W transmit power.

Typical Configurations of GL Co-Module Base Stations (with RFUs)

Table 4-96 lists the typical configurations of a GL separate-MPT base station using RFUs.

Table 4-97 lists the typical configurations of a GL co-MPT base station using RFUs.

Table 4-96 Typical configurations of a GL separate-MPT base station (with RFUs)

GSM1800

MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

LTE

1800

MHz

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2

MIMO

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





202



GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

BTS3900A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPT

a2/

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

LBBPd

2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MRFU

d 1800

MHz

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

GSM/

LTE

Dual

Mode

license

(per

sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

RF

Output

Power

(per 20

W)

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 0

MHz to

5 MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3





203



GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

Carrier Bandwi

dth - 5

MHz to

10

MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 10

MHz to

15

MHz

0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 15

MHz to

20

MHz

0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3

GSM

multipl

e

transceiver for

the 2nd

TRX of

multim

ode

module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3

GSM

multipl

e

transcei

ver for multim

ode

module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

Resour

ce

Block

150 300 150 300 150 300 150 300





204



GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

BBTransm

it

Channe

l

0 0 0 0 6 6 6 6

Antenn

a

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Table 4-97 Typical configurations of a GL co-MPT base station (with RFUs)

GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

LTE

1800

MHz

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

10

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20

MHz

Bandwi

dth

DL 4x2MIMO

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





205



GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

LBBPd2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MRFU

d 1800

MHz

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

GSM/

LTE

Dual

Mode

license

(per sector)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

RF

Output

Power

(per 20

W)

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 0

MHz to

5 MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 5

MHz to

10

MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 10

MHz to

15

MHz

0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3

Carrier

Bandwi

dth - 15

MHz to

20

MHz

0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3





206



GSM1800MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

GSMmultipl

e

transcei

ver for

the 2nd

TRX of

multim

ode

module

0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3

GSM

multiple

transcei

ver for

multim

ode

module

0 0 3 6 0 0 3 6

Resour

ce

Block

150 300 150 300 150 300 150 300

BBTransm

it

Channe

l

0 0 0 0 6 6 6 6

MPT

Multi

Mode

license

(LTE)

(Per

UMPT)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Antenn

a

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

Typical configurations of a GL base station using RRUs

The RRU3929 can be configured in the BTS3900C (Ver.C) that uses the GL separate-MPT or

G*L co-MPT mode. The typical configurations in these scenarios are listed in Table 4-98 and

Table 4-99.





207



Table 4-98 Typical configurations of the BTS3900C (Ver.C) in separate-MPT mode (with the

RRU3929)

GSM 1800MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4

LTE 1800 MHz O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

OMB (Ver.C)

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1

UMPTa2 1 1 1 1

LBBPd2 1 1 1 1

RRU3929 1 1 1 1

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license

(per sector)

1 1 1 1

RF Output

Power (per 20

W)

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 0

MHz to 5 MHz

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 5

MHz to 10 MHz

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 10

MHz to 15 MHz

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 15

MHz to 20 MHz

1 1 1 1

GSM multiple

transceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

multimode

module

0 1 1 1





208



GSM 1800MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4

GSM multiple

transceiver for multimode

module

0 0 1 2

Resource Block 100 100 100 100

BB Transmit

Channel

0 0 0 0

Antenna 1 1 1 1

Table 4-99 Typical configurations of the BTS3900C (Ver.C) in co-MPT mode (with the

RRU3929)

GSM 1800MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4

LTE 1800 MHz O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

O1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

2x2 MIMO

OMB (Ver.C)cabinet 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

UMPTb1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 1 1 1 1

LBBPd1 1 1 1 1

RRU3929 1 1 1 1

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license

(per sector)

1 1 1 1

RF Output

Power (per 20

W)

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 0

MHz to 5 MHz

1 1 1 1





209



GSM 1800MHz

O1 O2 O3 O4

Carrier

Bandwidth - 5MHz to 10 MHz

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 10

MHz to 15 MHz

1 1 1 1

Carrier

Bandwidth - 15

MHz to 20 MHz

1 1 1 1

GSM multiple

transceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

multimode

module

0 1 1 1

GSM multiple

transceiver for

multimode

module

0 0 1 2


BB Transmit

Channel

0 0 0 0

MPT Multi

Mode license

(LTE)

1 1 1 1

Antenna 1 1 1 1

GL Co-BBUThis section describes the typical configurations when GSM and LTE are deployed on one BBU

of a 3900 series base station.

NOTE

The following configurations assume that each LTE channel provides 20 W transmit power.

Typical Configurations of GL Co-BBU Base Stations Using RFUs

The following table lists the typical configurations of a 3900 series macro base station in the GL

co-BBU separate-MPT scenario.





210



Table 4-100 Typical configurations of a GL co-BBU separate-MPT base station using RFUs

GSM 900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

GSM 1800MHz

N/A NA S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

LTE 2600

MHz

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 4x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 4x2

MIMO

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900

A cabinet

1 1 2 2 2 2

BTS3900

L cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS3900

AL cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1

LMPT/

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1 1

LBBPc/

LBBPd1

1 1 1 1 1 3

GRFU 900

MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3

GRFU

1800 MHz

0 0 3 3 3 3

LRFU 3 3 3 3 6 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -

0~5MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3





211



GSM 900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -

10~15MH

z

0 3 0 3 0 3

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -15~20MH

z

0 3 0 3 0 3

3900

Series

GRFU

Transceiv

er (per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 6 12

Antenna 6 6 9 9 9 9

Typical Configurations of GL Co-BBU Base Stations Using RRUs

The following table lists the typical configurations of a DBS3900 in the GL co-BBU separate-

MPT scenario.

Table 4-101 Typical configurations of a GL co-BBU separate-MPT base station using RRUs

GSM 900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

GSM 1800

MHz

N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S3/3/3 S4/4/4

LTE 2600

MHz

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 4x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidt

h

DL 4x2

MIMO





212



GSM 900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

Cabinet

(optional)

1 1 APM30H

(Ver.B): 2APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.B): 2APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.B): 2APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.B): 2APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1

GTMU 1 1 1 1 1 1

LMPT/

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1 1 1

LBBPc/

LBBPd1

1 1 1 1 1 3

RRU3008

900 MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3

RRU3008

1800 MHz

0 0 3 3 3 3

RRU3201 3 3 3 3 6 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -

0~5MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -

5~10MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MH

z

0 3 0 3 0 3

Carrier

Bandwidt

h -

15~20MH

z

0 3 0 3 0 3





213



GSM 900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

3900

SeriesRRU3008

Transceiv

er (per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 6 12

Antenna 6 6 9 9 9 9

GUL Triple-ModeThis section describes the typical configurations of a 3900 series base station supporting the

GSM, UMTS, and LTE modes.

NOTE

l In UMTS non-MIMO configurations, each carrier provides output power of 20 W. In UMTS MIMO

configurations, each carrier provides output power of 40 W (2x20 W).

l The following configurations assume that each LTE channel provides 20 W transmit power.

Typical Configurations of GUL Triple-Mode Base Stations Using RFUs

Table 4-102, Table 4-103, and Table 4-104 list the typical configurations of a GUL triple-mode

base station using RFUs.

Table 4-102 Typical configurations of a GUL separate-MPT base station

GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UMTS 900

MHz

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

UMTS 2100

MHz

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S3/3/3 (Non-

MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1





214



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

BTS3900A

cabinet

2 2 2 2

BTS3900L

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BBU 2 2 2 2

GTMU 1 1 1 1

WMPT/

UMPTa1/UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

LMPT/

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

LBBPc 1 1 1 1

MRFU 900

MHz

3 3 3 3

GRFU 1800

MHz

0 3 3 3

WRFU 2100

MHz

3 3 3 3

LRFU 2600

MHz

3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode

license (per

sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM MultipleTransceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

3 3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode

Module

0 0 0 3





215



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

Multiple

Transceiver (Per TRX)

0 6 9 9

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for the 1st

Carrier of Multi-

Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for Multi-ModeModule (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 3

Power License

(per 20W)

3 3 6 9

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

3 3 3 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0~5MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

0 0 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

0 0 3 3

Antenna 9 12 12 12





216



Table 4-103 Typical configurations of a base station in GU+L(G)/GL+U(G) mode

GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

UMTS 900MHz

S1/1/1 Non-MIMO

S1/1/1 Non-MIMO

S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz S3/3/3 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

LTE 1800 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

UMTS 2100

MHz

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S3/3/3 (Non-

MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BTS3900A

cabinet

2 2 2 2

BTS3900Lcabinet

1 1 1 1

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BBU 2 2 2 2

GTMU 1 1 1 1

UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

UCIU 1 1 1 1

WBBPf 1 2 2 2

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

LBBPd2 2 2 2 2

MRFU 900

MHz

3 3 3 3

MRFU 1800

MHz

3 3 3 3





217



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

WRFU 2100

MHz

3 3 3 3

LRFU 2600

MHz

3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode

license (per

sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license

(per sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

6 6 6 6

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode

Module

3 3 6 9

WCDMA MultiCarrier License

for the 1st

Carrier of Multi-

Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 3

Power License

(per 20W)

3 3 6 9

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

3 3 3 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3





218



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2

Carrier

Bandwidth -0~5MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

0 0 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

0 0 6 6


Antenna 12 12 12 12

Table 4-104 Typical configurations of a base station in G*U*L mode

GSM 900

MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UMTS 900

MHz

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz S3/3/3 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

LTE 1800 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

UMTS 2100MHz

S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

S3/3/3 (Non-MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

BTS3900

cabinet

1 1 1 1





219



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

BTS3900A

cabinet

2 2 2 2

BTS3900L

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

UMPTb1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 2 2 2 2

WBBPf 1 2 2 3

LBBPd2 2 2 2 2

MRFU 900

MHz

3 3 3 3

MRFU 1800

MHz

3 3 3 3

WRFU 2100

MHz

3 3 3 3

LRFU 2600MHz

3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTS

Dual Mode

license (per

sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license

(per sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM MultipleTransceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

6 6 6 6

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode

Module

3 3 6 9





220



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier Licensefor the 1st

Carrier of Multi-

Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 3

Power License(per 20W) 3 3 6 9

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

3 3 3 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0~5MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

0 0 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

0 0 6 6


MPT Multi

Mode license

(UMTS)(per

UMPT)

1 1 1 1

MPT Multi

Mode license

(LTE)(per

UMPT)

1 1 1 1





221



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

Antenna 12 12 12 12

Typical Configurations of GUL Triple-Mode Base Stations Using RRUs

Table 4-105 lists the typical configurations of a base station working in GU+L(G) mode and

using RRUs. Table 4-106 lists the typical configurations of a base station working in G*U*L

mode.

Table 4-105 Typical configurations of a base station in GU+L(G) mode using RRUs

GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UMTS 900

MHz

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

UMTS 2100

MHz

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S3/3/3 (Non-

MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

Cabinet

(optional)

APM30H

(Ver.C): 2

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.C): 2

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.C): 2

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.C): 2

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

BBU 2 2 2 2

GTMU 1 1 1 1

WMPT/

UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

WBBPd/

WBBPf

1 2 2 3

UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1 1

LBBPc/

LBBPd1

1 1 1 1





222



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UCIU 1 1 1 1

RRU3908 900

MHz

3 3 3 3

RRU3929 1800

MHz

0 3 3 3

WRRU 2100

MHz

3 3 3 3

LRRU 2600

MHz

3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTSDual Mode

license (per

sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

Multi-Mode

Module

3 3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode

Module

0 0 0 3

Multiple

Transceiver (Per

TRX)

0 6 9 9

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for the 1st

Carrier of Multi-

Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 3

Power License

(per 20W)

3 3 6 9

Multi Carrier

License

3 3 3 6





223



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

RF Output

Power (per 20W)

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0~5MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

0 0 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

0 0 3 3

Antenna 9 12 12 12

Table 4-106 Typical configurations of a base station in G*U*L mode

GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UMTS 900

MHz

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1 Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz S3/3/3 S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

LTE 1800 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

UMTS 2100

MHz

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S2/2/2 (Non-

MIMO)

S3/3/3 (Non-

MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

10 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz

Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO





224



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

Cabinet

(optional)

l APM30H

(Ver.C): 2l APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

l APM30H

(Ver.C): 2l APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

l APM30H

(Ver.C): 2l APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

l APM30H

(Ver.C): 2l APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

UMPTb1 1 1 1 1

UBRIb 2 2 2 2

WBBPf 1 2 2 3

LBBPd2 2 2 2 2

RRU3929 900

MHz

3 3 3 3

RRU3929 1800

MHz

3 3 3 3

RRU3829 2100

MHz

3 3 3 3

RRU3201 2600

MHz

3 3 3 3

GSM/UMTSDual Mode

license (per

sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM/LTE Dual

Mode license

(per sector)

3 3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

the 2nd TRX of

Multi-ModeModule

6 6 6 6

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode

Module

3 3 6 9





225



GSM 900MHz

S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier Licensefor the 1st

Carrier of Multi-

Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License

for Multi-Mode

Module (per

Carrier)

0 0 3 3

Power License(per 20W) 3 3 6 9

Multi Carrier

License (per

Carrier)

3 3 3 6

RF Output

Power (per

20W)

3 3 3 3

Carrier

Bandwidth -

0~5MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

6 6 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

0 0 6 6

Carrier

Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

0 0 6 6


MPT Multi

Mode license

(LTE)

1 1 1 1

MPT Multi

Mode license

(UMTS)

1 1 1 1

Antenna 12 12 12 12





226



Typical Configurations of GUL Triple-Mode Base Stations Using RFUs and RRUsThe following table lists the typical configurations of a GUL triple-mode base station using

RFUs and RRUs.

Table 4-107 Typical configurations of a GUL triple-mode base station using RFUs and RRUs

LTE 800 MHz S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

N/A S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

GSM 900 MHz S2/2/2 S2/2/2 S3/3/3

UMTS 900 MHz S1/1/1 Non-MIMO S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO) S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO)

GSM 1800 MHz S3/3/3 S4/4/4 S4/4/4

UMTS 2100 MHz S2/2/2 (Non-MIMO) S2/2/2 (MIMO) S3/3/3 (MIMO)

LTE 2600 MHz S1/1/1

10 MHz Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHz Bandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

BTS3900 cabinet 1 1 1

BTS3900A cabinet 2 2 2

BTS3900L cabinet 1 1 1

BTS3900AL cabinet 1 1 1

BBU 2 2 2

GTMU 1 1 1

WMPT/UMPTa1/

UMPTb1

1 1 1

WBBPd 2 3 4

LMPT/UMPTa2/

UMPTb1

1 1 1

LBBPc 2 1 2

MRFU 900 MHz 3 3 3

GRFU 1800 MHz 3 3 3

WRFU 2100M 3 6 6





227



LTE 800 MHz S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

N/A S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMOLRFU 2600 MHz 3 0 0

RRU 2600 MHz 0 3 3

RRU 800 MHz 3 0 3

GSM/UMTS Dual

Mode license (per

sector)

3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for the

2nd TRX of Multi-

Mode Module

3 3 3

GSM Multiple

Transceiver for

Multi-Mode Module

0 0 3

3900 Series GRFU

Transceiver (per

TRX)

6 9 9

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License for the 1st Carrier of

Multi-Mode Module

(per Carrier)

3 3 3

WCDMA Multi

Carrier License for

Multi-Mode Module

(per Carrier)

0 3 3

Power License (per

20W)

3 6 15

Multi Carrier

License (per Carrier)

3 3 6

RF Output Power

(per 20W)

6 3 6

Carrier Bandwidth -

0~5MHz

6 3 6

Carrier Bandwidth -

5~10MHz

6 3 6





228



LTE 800 MHz S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMO

N/A S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2 MIMOCarrier Bandwidth -

10~15MHz

3 3 6

Carrier Bandwidth -

15~20MHz

3 3 6

Antenna 12 12 12

GU Co-BBP

This section describes the typical configurations of 3900 series base stations in GU co-BBP

mode.

The following table lists the typical configurations of a base station using GU co-MPT and co-

BBP and configured with WRFUs of 80 W.

Table 4-108 Typical configurations of a base station using GU co-MPT and co-BBP and

configured with WRFUs of 80 W

GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

GSM

900

MHz

N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4 N/A N/A S3/3/3 S4/4/4

WCD

MA

2100

MHz

S1/1/1

Non-

MIMO

S2/2/2

Non-

MIMO

S3/3/3

Non-

MIMO

S4/4/4

Non-

MIMO

S1/1/1

MIMO

S2/2/2

MIMO

S3/3/3

MIMO

S4/4/4

MIMO

BTS3900L

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BTS39

00A

cabinet

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

BTS39

00

cabinet

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2





229



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

BTS3900AL

cabinet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMPT

b1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UBBP

d1

1 1 1 1- 1 1 1 1-

UBBP

d2

- - - 1 - - - 1

WRFU

of 80 W

3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

MRFU

900

MHz

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

MRFU

1800

MHz

0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3

Multi-

Carrier

Licens

e

(per

Carrier

)

0 3 6 9 0 3 6 9

RF

Output

Power

(per 20

W)

0 3 6 9 0 6 12 18

3900

series

GRFU

transce

iver

(per

TRX)

0 3 6 12 0 3 6 12





230



GSM900MHz

S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2 S1/1/1 S2/2/2

UBBPFirst-

Mode

license

(GSM)

(per

UBBP)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UBBP

Multi-

Mode

license

(UMTS (per

UBBP)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Antenn

a

6 6 9 9 6 6 9 9

Typical Configurations of an AAU3910 in 2.6 A+1.8 P/2.1 P Scenarios

This section describes the typical configurations of an AAU3910 in 2.6 A+1.8 P/2.1 P scenarios.

The following table describes the typical configurations of an AAU3910 that is in 2T4R mode

and supports 2x40 W output power in 2.6 A+1.8 P/2.1 P scenarios.

Table 4-109 Typical configurations in 2.6A+1.8P/2.1P scenarios (2T4R 2x40 W)

LTEConfiguration

S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S2/2/2

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2

MIMO

S2/2/2

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2

MIMOCabinet (optional) APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

APM30H

(Ver.D): 1

BBU 1 1 1 1

UMPTa2 1 1 1 1

Baseba

nd

board

LBBPd

1

1 1 - -

LBBPd

2

- - 1 1





231



LTEConfiguration

S1/1/1

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S1/1/1

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S2/2/2

10 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

S2/2/2

20 MHzBandwidth

DL 2x2MIMO

AAU3910 2.6 A

+1.8 P/2.1 P

3 3 3 3

RF Output Power

(per 20 W)

3 3 6 6

Carrier Bandwidth

- 0 MHz to 5 MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 5 MHz to 10MHz

3 3 3 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 10 MHz to 15

MHz

0 3 0 3

Carrier Bandwidth

- 15 MHz to 20

MHz

0 3 0 3

Resource block

(required for the

LBBPd2)

0 0 150 300

BB transmit

channel (required

for the LBBPd2)

0 0 6 6

Antenna 0 0 0 0

Typical Configurations of an AAU3902 in 2100 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to 2690) PScenarios

This section describes the typical configurations of an AAU3902 in the 2100 A+(790 to 960) P

+(1710 to 2690) P scenario.

The following table lists the typical configurations of an AAU3902 in the 2100 A+(790 to 960)

P+(1710 to 2690) P scenario.





232



Table 4-110 Typical configurations of an AAU3902 in the 2100 A+(790 to 960) P+(1710 to

2690) P scenario

UMTS

Configuration

S1/1/1

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S2/2/2

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S4/4/4

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S2/2/2

MIMO

2x20 W/C

S4/4/4

MIMO

2x10 W/C

S2/2/2

2T4R2x20 W/C

S4/4/4

2T4R2x10 W/C

S2/2/2 /2/2/2

2T4R

2x10 W/C

S4/4/4 /4/4/4

2T4R

2x5 W/C

BBU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UMP

Tb1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WBB

Pf4

1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 4

AAU3

902

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Multi

Carrie

r

Licens

e

(per

Carrie

r)

0 3 9 3 9 3 9 9 21

Power

Licens

e

(per

20W)

0 3 9 6 9 6 9 9 21

AAS

Virtua

l Four

Uplin

k Chann

els

(per

RU)

0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0





233



UMTSConfigurati

on

S1/1/1

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S2/2/2

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S4/4/4

Non-MIMO

20 W/ C

S2/2/2

MIMO

2x20 W/C

S4/4/4

MIMO

2x10 W/C

S2/2/2

2T4R

2x20

W/C

S4/4/4

2T4R

2x10

W/C

S2/2/2 /2/2/2

2T4R

2x10 W/C

S4/4/4 /4/4/4

2T4R

2x5 W/C

AAS

Vertic

al

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3



Documents

3900 Series Base Station Configuration Principles (Global)(06)(PDF)-En